Canalis KTC 1000-5000A - EN

Low voltage
Catalogue│2014
Canalis KTC
1000 - 5000 A
Busbar trunking systems
Copper
Contents
Index 3
Introduction 17
Presentation and description 37
Catalogue numbers 65
and dimensions
Design guide 135
Installation guide 175
Recommandations 235
1
2
Index Index of catalogue numbers
Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

03000 87812 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
800/1600A 4P TDC
03561 CANALIS SUPPORT 79
87813 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
2000/2500A 3P TDC
04000 87814 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
04694 CONNECTION SUPPORT, 115 MM BETWEEN 79 2000/2500A 4P TDC
CENTRES 87815 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
04703 CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 3P 78 3200A 3P TDC
04704 CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 4P 78 87816 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
04711 CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONT- 79 3200A 4P TDC
CONNECTED NS-NT, 3P 87817 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
04712 CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONT- 79 4000A 3P TDC
04713 CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REAR- 79 4000A 4P TDC
04714 CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REAR- 79 800/1600A 3P RC
04715 CANALIS CONNECTION, 1600 A, NW, 3P 78 800/1600A 4P RC
04716 CANALIS CONNECTION, 1600 A, NW, 4P 78 87823 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
2000/2500A 3P RC
04725 CANALIS CONNECTION, 2500 A, NW, 3P 78
87824 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
04726 CANALIS CONNECTION, 2500 A, NW, 4P 78 2000/2500A 4P RC
04736 CANALIS CONNECTION, 3200 A, NW, 4P 78 3200A 3P RC
04738 CANALIS CONNECTION, 4000 A, NW, 4P 78 3200A 4P RC
04851 FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR 79 87827 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
VERTICAL FIXED NS1600 4000A 3P RC
04852 FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR 79 87828 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80
VERTICAL FIXED NS1600-NT 4000A 4P RC
04853 REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 79
FIXED NS1600 KH0
04854 REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 79 KH010SD85 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER 126
FIXED NS1600-NT 100 T00
04861 FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR NW 79 KH016CB CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129
04863 REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR NW 79 KH016CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129
04871 CANALIS COVER 79 KH018CB86NS CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB 130
NS1000
08000 KH025SB131 KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 250 T2 N1 129
08903 12 ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS, H=24 MM, 112 KH025SB132 KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 250 T2 N2 129
W=432 MM KH025SB141 KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 250 T2 N1 129
08905 12 ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS, H=24 MM, 112 KH025SB142 KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 250 T2 N2 129
W=180 MM KH025SD14 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE FUSES 250 T2 125
08907 12 ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS, H=24 MM, 112 KH025SD15 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN FUSES 250 T2 125
W=650 MM
KH025SD541 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE NSX250 124
13000 KH025SD551 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN NSX250 124
13940 BLANKING PLATES, SET OF 10X5 MODULES 112 KH025SD552 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN NSX250 124
FORR KAEDRA
KH025SD85 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER 250 T1 126
KH025SE341 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE INTER FUSES 250 T1 128
30000 KH025SE351 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN INTER FUSES 250 T1 128
33596 ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NS, 3P 79 KH025ZA05 CABLE BOX 1 HOLE FOR KH025SE 128
33597 ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NS, 4P 79 KH026CB CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129
KH026CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129
40000 KH028CB86NS CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB NS1000 130
47335 ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NT, 3P 79 KH036CB CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129
47336 ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NT, 4P 79 KH036CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129
KH038CB86NS CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB NS1000 130
80000 KH040SD85 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER 400 T2 126
87800 DBA 115 INSTALLATION KIT FOR KT BBT 80 KH040SD9502 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT PEHLA 400 T2 127
800/4000A TDC KH040SE341 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE INTER FUSES 400 T2 128
87801 DBA 115 INSTALLATION KIT FOR KT BBT 80 KH040SE351 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN INTER FUSES 400 T2 128
800/3200A RC KH040ZA05 CABLE BOX 1 HOLE FOR KH040SE 128
87808 SPECIAL TIGHTENING WRENCH BIT 80 KH040ZA06 CABLE BOX 2 HOLES FOR KH040SE 128
87811 DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 80 KH040ZA07 CONNECTING BOX FOR KH040SD9502 127
800/1600A 3P TDC
KH046CB CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129
3

KH046CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129 KSB250DC4TRE TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A COMPACT NS TRE 106
KH048CB86NS CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB NS1000 130 KSB250DC5 TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A COMPACT NS 105
KH056CB CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD 129 KSB250DC5TRE TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A COMPACT NS TRE 106
KH056CB311571 CANAL ELEC EQUIP ECLIS COF 1000A 129 KSB250SE4 TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A FUSE T1 108, 110
KH058CB86NS CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB NS1000 130 KSB250SE5 TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A FUSE T1 108, 110
KH063SB131 KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 630 T3 N1 129 KSB400DC4 TAP-OFF UNIT 400 A COMPACT NS 105
KH063SB132 KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 630 T3 N2 129 KSB400DC4TRE TAP-OFF UNIT 400 A COMPACT NS TRE 106
KH063SB141 KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 630 T3 N1 129 KSB400DC5 TAP-OFF UNIT 400 A COMPACT NS 105
KH063SB142 KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 630 T3 N2 129 KSB400DC5TRE TAP-OFF UNIT 400 A COMPACT NS TRE 106
KH063SD14 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE FUSES 630 T3 125 KSB400SE4 TAP-OFF UNIT 400 A FUSE T2 108, 110
KH063SD15 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN FUSES 630 T3 125 KSB400SE5 TAP-OFF UNIT 400 A FUSE T2 108, 110
KH063SD541 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE NSX630 124 KSB400ZC1 TAP-OFF UNIT DOOR MICROSWITCH 400 A 112
KH063SD551 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN NSX630 124 KTB
KH063SD552 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN NSX630 124 KTB0000CR4 KT VERT COVER FEED EL N1 TO 4 94
KH063SD85 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER 630 T3 126 KTB0000CR5 KT HORI COVER FEED EL N1 TO 4 94
KH063SD9502 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT PEHLA 630 T3 127 KTB0000YB1 KT BOLT SNAP-OF HEAD 98
KH063SE341 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE INTER FUSES 630 T3 128 KTB0000YB2 KT SCREWS M12X60 NUTS & PLATES 98
KH063SE351 KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN INTER FUSES 630 T3 128 KTB0000YB3 KT SCREWS M12X60 & TORQUE NUTS 98
KH063ZA03 EXTENDED REMOTE HANDLE FOR TOU 128 KTB0000YB4 KT SCREWS M12X80 & TORQUE NUTS 98
FUPACT KH0XXSE3X1
KTB0000YC1 KT FLEXIBLE LINK L600 4 96
KH063ZA05 CABLE BOX 1 HOLE FOR KH063SE 128
KTB0000YC2 KT FLEXIBLE LINK L250A600 8 96
KH063ZA06 CABLE BOX 2 HOLES FOR KH063SE 128
KTB0000YC3 KT WAVY FLEXIBLE LINK L400 4 96
KH063ZA07 CONNECTING PLATE FOR KH063SD9502 127
KTB0000YC4 KT WAVY FLEXIBLE LINK L400 8 96
KH063ZA10 CABLE GLAND 185 A 240 MM2 128
KTB0000YC5 KT INSULATED FLEX LINK L1000 4 96
KH086SB131 KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS T4 1000 N1 129
KTB0000YE1 KT L PLATE 160 93
KH086SB132 KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS T4 1000 N2 129
KTB0000YE2 KT L PLATE 200 93
KH086SB141 KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 1000 T4 N1 129
KTB0000YF1 KT INSULATING SHEATH 97
KH086SB142 KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 1000 T4 N2 129
KTB0000YS1 KT SUPPORT FOR BARS DBA115 99
KH086SB5311 KH FIXED BOX 3L PE NS1000 N1 130
KTB0000YS2 KT CLAMP 100 99
KH086SB5312 KH FIXED BOX 3L PE NS1000 N2 130
KTB0000YS3 KT CLAMP 120 99
KH086SB5411 KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE NS1000 T4 N1 130
KTB0000YT1 KT BRAID 600MM2 L400 8 97
KH086SB5412 KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE NS1000 T4 N2 130
KTB0000ZA1 KT HORI FIXING BRACKED 100
KTB0000ZA3 KT FIXING GRIP 100
KSB KTB0074CF6 KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H74 L650 102
KSB25SD4 TAP-OFF UNIT 25 A FUSE E27 109 KTB0074FA KT END COVER H74 72
KSB25SD5 TAP-OFF UNIT 25 A FUSE E27 109 KTB0074TT01 KT KT ROOF PLATE H74 81
KSB32SG4 CONNECTOR 32 A FUSE BS88A1 111 KTB0074ZA4 KT HORI TOP BRACKED H74 100
KSB50SF4 TAP-OFF UNIT 50 A FUSE 14X51 107 KTB0104CF6 KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H104 L650 102
KSB50SF5 TAP-OFF UNIT 50 A FUSE 14X51 107 KTB0104FA KT END COVER H104 72
KSB50SN4 TAP-OFF UNIT 50 A FUSE E18 109 KTB0104TT01 KT KT ROOF PLATE H104 81
KSB50SN5 TAP-OFF UNIT 50 A FUSE E18 109 KTB0124CF6 KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H124 L650 102
KSB63SD4 TAP-OFF UNIT 63 A FUSE E33 109 KTB0124FA KT END COVER H124 72
KSB63SD5 TAP-OFF UNIT 63 A FUSE E33 109 KTB0124TT01 KT KT ROOF PLATE H124 81
KSB63SM48 TAP-OFF UNIT 63 A 8 MODULES 103 KTB0164CF7 KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H164 L750 102
KSB63SM58 TAP-OFF UNIT 63 A 8 MODULES 103 KTB0164FA KT END COVER H164 72
KSB80SG4 TAP-OFF UNIT 80 A FUSE BS88A1 111 KTB0164PE1 KT END COVER H164 78, 80, 81
KSB100SE4 TAP-OFF UNIT 100 A FUSE T00 108, 110 KTB0164TT01 KT KT ROOF PLATE H164 81
KSB100SE5 TAP-OFF UNIT 100 A FUSE T00 108, 110 KTB0164ZA5 KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H74A164 101
KSB100SF4 TAP-OFF UNIT 100 A FUSE 22X58 107 KTB0204CF7 KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H204 L750 102
KSB100SF5 TAP-OFF UNIT 100 A FUSE 22X58 107 KTB0204FA KT END COVER H204 72
KSB100SM412 TAP-OFF UNIT 100 A 12 MODULES 103 KTB0204TT01 KT KT ROOF PLATE H204 81
KSB100SM512 TAP-OFF UNIT 100 A 12 MODULES 103 KTB0204ZA5 KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H204 101
KSB160DC4 TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A COMPACT NS 105 KTB0230BC01 KT CABLES BOX Y230 89
KSB160DC5 TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A COMPACT NS 105 KTB0230CR1 KT HORI COVER FEED ER Y230 86
KSB160SE4 TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A FUSE T00 108, 110 KTB0230CR2 KT HIGH VERT COVER FEED Y230 87
KSB160SE5 TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A FUSE T00 108, 110 KTB0230CR3 KT LOW VERT COVER FEED Y230 87
KSB160SF4 TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A FUSE T0 108 KTB0230CR6 KT HORI COVER FEED EL N5 Y230 95
KSB160SF5 TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A FUSE T0 108 KTB0230CR7 KT HORI COVER FOR OIL TR Y230 88
KSB160SG4 TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A FUSE BS88 111 KTB0230CR72 KT VERT COVER FOR OIL TR Y230 88
KSB160SM413 TAP-OFF UNIT NG 160 A 104 KTB0230CR8 KT VERT COVER FOR OIL TR Y230 88
KSB160SM513 TAP-OFF UNIT NG 160 A 104 KTB0230CR82 KT VERT COVER FOR OIL TR Y230 88
KSB250DC4 TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A COMPACT NS 105 KTB0230CS0 KT FLEXIBLE COVER Y230 E115 89
4
KTB00244CF7 KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H244 L750 102 KTC1000CP51 KT 5X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N1 77
KTB0244FA KT END COVER H244 72 KTC1000CP52 KT 5X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N2 77
KTB0244PE1 KT END COVER H244 78, 80, 81 KTC1000CP53 KT 5X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N3 77
KTB0244TT01 KT KT ROOF PLATE H244 81 KTC1000CP54 KT 5X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N4 77
KTB0244ZA5 KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H244 101 KTC1000CP71 KT 5X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N1 77
KTB0324CF9 KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H324 L950 102 KTC1000CP72 KT 5X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N2 77
KTB0324FA KT END COVER H324 72 KTC1000CP73 KT 5X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N3 77
KTB0324TT01 KT KT ROOF PLATE H324 81 KTC1000CP74 KT 5X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N4 77
KTB0324ZA5 KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H324 101 KTC1000DB310 KT 3X1000CO EXPANSION UNIT 71
KTB0350BC01 KT CABLES BOX Y350 89 KTC1000DB410 KT 4X1000CO EXPANSION UNIT 71
KTB0350CR1 KT HORI COVER FEED ER Y350 86 KTC1000DB510 KT 5X1000CO EXPANSION UNIT 71
KTB0350CR2 KT HIGH VERT COVER FEED Y350 87 KTC1000DB710 KT 5X1000CO EXPANSION UNIT 71
KTB0350CR3 KT LOW VERT COVER FEED Y350 87 KTC1000EB320 KT 3X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 2M 69
KTB0350CR6 KT HORI COVER FEED EL N5 Y350 95 KTC1000EB340 KT 3X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 4M 69
KTB0350CR7 KT HORI COVER FOR OIL TR Y350 88 KTC1000EB420 KT 4X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 2M 69
KTB0350CR72 KT HORI COVER FOR OIL TR Y350 88 KTC1000EB440 KT 4X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 4M 69
KTB0350CR8 KT VERT COVER FOR OIL TR Y350 88 KTC1000EB520 KT 5X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 2M 69
KTB0350CR82 KT VERT COVER FOR OIL TR Y350 88 KTC1000EB540 KT 5X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 4M 69
KTB0350CS0 KT FLEXIBLE COVER Y350 E115 89 KTC1000EB720 KT 5X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 2M 69
KTB0350HT01 KT CONNECTION KHF KGF Y350 N1 120 KTC1000EB740 KT 5X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 4M 69
KTB0350HT02 KT CONNECTION KHF KGF Y350 N2 120 KTC1000ED320 KT 3X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68
KTB0404CF9 KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H404 L950 102 KTC1000ED340 KT 3X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68
KTB0404FA KT END COVER H404 72 KTC1000ED420 KT 4X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68
KTB0404PE1 KT END COVER H404 78, 80, 81 KTC1000ED440 KT 4X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68
KTB0404TT01 KT KT ROOF PLATE H404 81 KTC1000ED520 KT 5X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68
KTB0404ZA4 KT HORI TOP BRACKED H104 A 404 100 KTC1000ED540 KT 5X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68
KTB0404ZA5 KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H404 101 KTC1000ED720 KT 5X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68
KTB0510BC01 KT CABLES BOX Y510 89 KTC1000ED740 KT 5X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68
KTB0510CR1 KT HORI COVER FEED ER Y510 86 KTC1000EH320 KT 3X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70
KTB0510CR2 KT HIGH VERT COVER FEED Y510 87 KTC1000EH340 KT 3X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70
KTB0510CR3 KT LOW VERT COVER FEED Y510 87 KTC1000EH420 KT 4X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70
KTB0510CR6 KT HORI COVER FEED EL N5 Y510 95 KTC1000EH440 KT 4X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70
KTB0510CR7 KT HORI COVER FOR OIL TR Y510 88 KTC1000EH520 KT 5X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70
KTB0510CR8 KT VERT COVER FOR OIL TR Y510 88 KTC1000EH540 KT 5X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70
KTB0510CS0 KT FLEXIBLE COVER Y510 E115 89 KTC1000EH720 KT 5X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70
KTB0510HT01 KT CONNECTION KHF KGF Y510 N1 120 KTC1000EH740 KT 5X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70
KTB0510HT02 KT CONNECTION KHF KGF Y510 N2 120 KTC1000EL31 KT 3X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N1 90
KTB0510HT03 KT CONNECTION KHF KGF Y510 N3 120 KTC1000EL32 KT 3X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N2 90
KTB0630CB3 KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PE NS630 113 KTC1000EL33 KT 3X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N3 91
KTB0630CB4 KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L N PE NS630 113 KTC1000EL34 KT 3X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91
KTB0630CB5 KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PEN NS630 113 KTC1000EL35 KT 3X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92
KTB0630HF3 KT COFF 3L PE FUS SWITCH 630 114 KTC1000EL41 KT 4X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N1 90
KTB0630HF4 KT COFF 3L N PE FUS SWITCH 630 114 KTC1000EL42 KT 4X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N2 90
KTB0630HF5 KT COFF 3L PEN FUS SWITCH 630 114 KTC1000EL43 KT 4X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N3 91
KTB1000CB3 KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PE NS1000 113 KTC1000EL44 KT 4X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91
KTB1000CB4 KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L N PE NS1000 113 KTC1000EL45 KT 4X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92
KTB1000CB5 KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PEN NS1000 113 KTC1000EL51 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N1 90
KTB1000HF3 KT COFF 3L PE FUS SWITCH 1000 114 KTC1000EL52 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N2 90
KTB1000HF4 KT COFF 3L N PE FUS SWITCH 1000 114 KTC1000EL53 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N3 91
KTB1000HF5 KT COFF 3L PEN FUS SWITCH 1000 114 KTC1000EL54 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91
KTB1250CB3 KT COFF BOULO 3L PEN NS1000 113 KTC1000EL55 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92
KTC1000EL73 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N3 91
KTC1000 KTC1000EL74 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91
KTC1000CP31 KT 3X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N1 77 KTC1000EL75 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92
KTC1000CP32 KT 3X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N2 77 KTC1000ER31 KT 3X1000CO FEED UNIT ER N1 82
5

KTC1000ER41 KT 4X1000CO FEED UNIT ER N1 82 KTC1000LP4C1 KT 4X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73
KTC1000ER43 KT 4X1000CO FEED UNIT ER N3 83 KTC1000LP5A1 KT 5X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73
KTC1000ER45 KT 4X1000CO FEED UNIT ER N5 84 KTC1000LP5B1 KT 5X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73
KTC1000ER71 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT ER N1 82 KTC1000PL31 KT 3X1000CO LINE PROTECTOR NS 117
KTC1000ER75 KT 5X1000CO FEED UNIT ER N5 84 KTC1000SL31 KT 3X1000CO ISOLATOR UNIT NA 115
KTC1000ET31A KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000SL71 KT 5X1000CO ISOLATOR UNIT NA 115
KTC1000ET320 KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 2M 68 KTC1000TC3 KT 3X1000CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC1000ET32B KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000TC4 KT 4X1000CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC1000ET32C KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000TC5 KT 5X1000CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC1000ET33D KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000TC7 KT 5X1000CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC1000ET340 KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 4M 68 KTC1000TN410 KT 4X1000CO NEUTRAL PERMUTA 71
KTC1000ET41A KT 4X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000TP410 KT 4X1000CO PHASES PERMUTA 71
KTC1000ET420 KT 4X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 2M 68 KTC1000YA3 KT 3X1000CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
KTC1000ET42B KT 4X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000YA4 KT 4X1000CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
KTC1000ET42C KT 4X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000ZC31 KT 3X1000CO EDGEWISE ZED N1 76
KTC1000ET43D KT 4X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000ZC32 KT 3X1000CO EDGEWISE ZED N2 76
KTC1000ET440 KT 4X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 4M 68 KTC1000ZC41 KT 4X1000CO EDGEWISE ZED N1 76
KTC1000ET51A KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000ZC42 KT 4X1000CO EDGEWISE ZED N2 76
KTC1000ET52B KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000ZC52 KT 5X1000CO EDGEWISE ZED N2 76
KTC1000ET540 KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 4M 68 KTC1000ZP3 KT 3X1000CO ZED ON FLAT 76
KTC1000ET71A KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000ZP4 KT 4X1000CO ZED ON FLAT 76
KTC1000ET72B KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1000ZP7 KT 5X1000CO ZED ON FLAT 76
KTC1000ET72C KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1000ET73D KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1350
KTC1000ET740 KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 4M 68 KTC1350CP31 KT 3X1350CO FLAT EDGEWISE N1 77
KTC1000LC3A KT 3X1000CO EDGEWISE ELBOW 74 KTC1350CP32 KT 3X1350CO FLAT EDGEWISE N2 77
KTC1000LC3B KT 3X1000CO EDGEWISE ELBOW 74 KTC1350CP33 KT 3X1350CO FLAT EDGEWISE N3 77
KTC1000LP3A1 KT 3X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC1350CP52 KT 5X1350CO FLAT EDGEWISE N2 77
KTC1000LP3B1 KT 3X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC1350CP54 KT 5X1350CO FLAT EDGEWISE N4 77
KTC1000LP3C1 KT 3X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC1350CP72 KT 5X1350CO FLAT EDGEWISE N2 77
KTC1000LP4A2 KT 4X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N2 73 KTC1350DB310 KT 3X1350CO EXPANSION UNIT 71
KTC1000LP4B1 KT 4X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC1350DB410 KT 4X1350CO EXPANSION UNIT 71
6
KTC1350DB710 KT 5X1350CO EXPANSION UNIT 71 KTC1350ER55 KT 5X1350CO FEED UNIT ER N5 84
KTC1350EB320 KT 3X1350CO BOLT ON LENGTH 2M 69 KTC1350ER56 KT 5X1350CO FEED UNIT ER N6 84
KTC1350ED320 KT 3X1350CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68 KTC1350ER77 KT 5X1350CO FEED UNIT ER N7 85
KTC1350ED340 KT 3X1350CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68 KTC1350ET31A KT 3X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350ED420 KT 4X1350CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68 KTC1350ET320 KT 3X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 2M 68
KTC1350ED440 KT 4X1350CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68 KTC1350ET32B KT 3X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350ED520 KT 5X1350CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68 KTC1350ET32C KT 3X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350ED540 KT 5X1350CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68 KTC1350ET33D KT 3X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EH320 KT 3X1350CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70 KTC1350ET420 KT 4X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 2M 68
KTC1350EH340 KT 3X1350CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70 KTC1350ET42B KT 4X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EH420 KT 4X1350CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70 KTC1350ET42C KT 4X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EH440 KT 4X1350CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70 KTC1350ET43D KT 4X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EH540 KT 5X1350CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70 KTC1350ET51A KT 5X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EL31 KT 3X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N1 90 KTC1350ET52C KT 5X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EL32 KT 3X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N2 90 KTC1350ET53D KT 5X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EL33 KT 3X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N3 91 KTC1350ET540 KT 5X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 4M 68
KTC1350EL34 KT 3X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91 KTC1350ET71A KT 5X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EL41 KT 4X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N1 90 KTC1350ET72B KT 5X1350CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1350EL45 KT 4X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92 KTC1350LC3A KT 3X1350CO EDGEWISE ELBOW 74
KTC1350EL51 KT 5X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N1 90 KTC1350LC3B KT 3X1350CO EDGEWISE ELBOW 74
KTC1350EL73 KT 5X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N3 91 KTC1350LP3A1 KT 3X1350CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73
KTC1350EL75 KT 5X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N5 KTC1350LP3B1 KT 3X1350CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73

92
KTC1350LP3B2 KT 3X1350CO FLAT ELBOW N2 73
KTC1350ER31 KT 3X1350CO FEED UNIT ER N1 82
KTC1350LP3C1 KT 3X1350CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73
KTC1350LP4A1 KT 4X1350CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73
7

KTC1350LP7C1 KT 5X1350CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC1600ED440 KT 4X1600CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68
KTC1350PL31 KT 3X1350CO LINE PROTECTOR NS 117 KTC1600ED540 KT 5X1600CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68
KTC1350PL71 KT 5X1350CO LINE PROTECTOR NS 117 KTC1600EH320 KT 3X1600CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70
KTC1350SL31 KT 3X1350CO ISOLATOR UNIT NA 115 KTC1600EH340 KT 3X1600CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70
KTC1350TC3 KT 3X1350CO TEE ON EDGE 75 KTC1600EH540 KT 5X1600CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70
KTC1350TC7 KT 5X1350CO TEE ON EDGE 75 KTC1600EL31 KT 3X1600CO FEED UNIT EL N1 90
KTC1350TN410 KT 4X1350CO NEUTRAL PERMUTA 71 KTC1600EL32 KT 3X1600CO FEED UNIT EL N2 90
KTC1350TP410 KT 4X1350CO PHASES PERMUTA 71 KTC1600EL33 KT 3X1600CO FEED UNIT EL N3 91
KTC1350YA3 KT 3X1350CO JUNCTION BLOC 72 KTC1600EL34 KT 3X1600CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91
KTC1350ZC31 KT 3X1350CO EDGEWISE ZED N1 76 KTC1600EL41 KT 4X1600CO FEED UNIT EL N1 90
KTC1350ZP3 KT 3X1350CO ZED ON FLAT 76 KTC1600EL54 KT 5X1600CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91
KTC1600 KTC1600EL74 KT 5X1600CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91
KTC1600CP31 KT 3X1600CO FLAT EDGEWISE N1 77 KTC1600EL75 KT 5X1600CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92
KTC1600ED320 KT 3X1600CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68 KTC1600ER77 KT 5X1600CO FEED UNIT ER N7 85
8
KTC1600ET32B KT 3X1600CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1600TC4 KT 4X1600CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC1600ET32C KT 3X1600CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1600TC5 KT 5X1600CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC1600ET33D KT 3X1600CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1600TC7 KT 5X1600CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC1600ET41A KT 4X1600CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC1600TP410 KT 4X1600CO PHASES PERMUTA 71
KTC1600ET420 KT 4X1600CO FEEDER LENGTH 2M 68 KTC1600YA3 KT 3X1600CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
KTC1600ET72C KT 5X1600CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
KTC1600ET73D KT 5X1600CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC2000
KTC1600LP4C1 KT 4X1600CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC2000DB710 KT 5X2000CO EXPANSION UNIT 71
KTC1600LP4C2 KT 4X1600CO FLAT ELBOW N2 73 KTC2000EB320 KT 3X2000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 2M 69
KTC1600LP5A1 KT 5X1600CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC2000EB340 KT 3X2000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 4M 69
KTC1600LP5B1 KT 5X1600CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC2000EB440 KT 4X2000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 4M 69
KTC1600LP7A2 KT 5X1600CO FLAT ELBOW N2 73 KTC2000ED320 KT 3X2000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 68
KTC1600LP7B1 KT 5X1600CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC2000ED340 KT 3X2000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 68
KTC1600PL71 KT 5X1600CO LINE PROTECTOR NS 117 KTC2000EH320 KT 3X2000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70
9

KTC2000EL75 KT 5X2000CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92 KTC2000LP3B1 KT 3X2000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73
KTC2000ER71 KT 5X2000CO FEED UNIT ER N1 82 KTC2000SL31 KT 3X2000CO ISOLATOR UNIT INV 115
KTC2000ER74 KT 5X2000CO FEED UNIT ER N4 83 KTC2000TC3 KT 3X2000CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC2000ET31A KT 3X2000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC2000TN410 KT 4X2000CO NEUTRAL PERMUTA 71
KTC2000ET320 KT 3X2000CO FEEDER LENGTH 2M 68 KTC2000TP410 KT 4X2000CO PHASES PERMUTA 71
KTC2000ET32C KT 3X2000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC2000YA4 KT 4X2000CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
10
KTC2500 KTC2500ER31 KT 3X2500CO FEED UNIT ER N1 82
KTC2500EB740 KT 5X2500CO BOLT ON LENGTH 4M 69 KTC2500ET31A KT 3X2500CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
11
Index Index of catalogue number

KTC2500LP7C1 KT 5X2500CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73 KTC3200EH320 KT 3X3200CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70
KTC2500LP7C2 KT 5X2500CO FLAT ELBOW N2 73 KTC3200EH340 KT 3X3200CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 4M 70
KTC2500SL31 KT 3X2500CO ISOLATOR UNIT INV 115 KTC3200EH420 KT 4X3200CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M 70
KTC2500TN410 KT 4X2500CO NEUTRAL PERMUTA 71 KTC3200EL34 KT 3X3200CO FEED UNIT EL N4 91
KTC2500TP410 KT 4X2500CO PHASES PERMUTA 71 KTC3200EL35 KT 3X3200CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92
12
KTC3200ER71 KT 5X3200CO FEED UNIT ER N1 82 KTC3200SL31 KT 3X3200CO ISOLATOR UNIT NW 116
KTC3200ET31A KT 3X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC3200TC7 KT 5X3200CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC3200ET32B KT 3X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC3200TP410 KT 4X3200CO PHASES PERMUTA 71
KTC3200ET32C KT 3X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC3200YA3 KT 3X3200CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
KTC3200ET33D KT 3X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC3200YA4 KT 4X3200CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
KTC3200ET52C KT 5X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC3200ZP5 KT 5X3200CO ZED ON FLAT 76
KTC3200ET53D KT 5X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC3200ZP7 KT 5X3200CO ZED ON FLAT 76
KTC3200ET540 KT 5X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 4M 68
KTC3200ET71A KT 5X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC4000
KTC3200ET72B KT 5X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC4000CP32 KT 3X4000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N2 77
KTC3200ET72C KT 5X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC4000CP33 KT 3X4000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N3 77
KTC3200ET73D KT 5X3200CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC4000CP34 KT 3X4000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N4 77
13

KTC4000EL75 KT 5X4000CO FEED UNIT EL N5 92 KTC4000LP3B1 KT 3X4000CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73
KTC4000ER75 KT 5X4000CO FEED UNIT ER N5 84 KTC4000TN410 KT 4X4000CO NEUTRAL PERMUTA 71
KTC4000ER76 KT 5X4000CO FEED UNIT ER N6 84 KTC4000TP410 KT 4X4000CO PHASES PERMUTA 71
KTC4000ER77 KT 5X4000CO FEED UNIT ER N7 85 KTC4000YA3 KT 3X4000CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
KTC4000ET31A KT 3X4000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68 KTC4000YA4 KT 4X4000CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
14
KTC5000DB510 KT5X5000CO EXPANSION UNIT 71 KTC5000ER56 KT 5X5000CO FEED UNIT ER N6 84
KTC5000DB710 KT5X5000CO EXPANSION UNIT 71 KTC5000ER57 KT 5X5000CO FEED UNIT ER N7 85
KTC5000EB740 KT 5X5000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 4M 69 KTC5000ET31A KT 3X5000CO FEEDER LENGTH 68
15

KTC5000LC4B KT 4X5000CO EDGEWISE ELBOW 74
KTC5000LC5A KT 5X5000CO EDGEWISE ELBOW 74
KTC5000LC7A KT 5X5000CO EDGEWISE ELBOW 74
KTC5000TC3 KT 3X5000CO TEE ON EDGE 75
KTC5000TN410 KT 4X5000CO NEUTRAL PERMUTA 71
KTC5000TP410 KT 4X5000CO PHASES PERMUTA 71
KTC5000YA3 KT 3X5000CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
KTC5000YA4 KT 4X5000CO JUNCTION BLOC 72
KTC5000ZC31 KT 3X5000CO EDGEWISE ZED N 1 76
KTC5000ZC32 KT 3X5000CO EDGEWISE ZED N2 76
KTC5000ZP3 KT 3X5000CO ZED ON FLAT 76
16
Canalis the ideal offer to match with your needs
A total
P58950-90
coordination
with the
Schneider
Electric system
• Canalis is part of
a comprehensive
offering of
Schneider Electric
products designed
to operate together.
• it guarantees and

enhances the safety
of people and
equipment, and
provides installation
continuity
More than 70,000 km of Canalis busbar trunking has been sold around the world.
of service,
upgradeability
and simplicity.
• This concept
covers all low
and medium
voltage electrical
Canalis KT distribution
provides you … components.
• The result is an
… more flexibility.
optimised electrical
… ease of connection with the "plug and play" transformer and switchboard connections. installation with
… more assistance with our teams ready to assist you throughout your project. even higher
performance
through full
electrical,
mechanical and
communication
compatibility.
• It is perfectly
PD202088-104_r
suited to traditional
applications
(factories,
warehouses, etc.)
and to the
distribution of
electrical power
from the incoming
transformer on
through to all
types of loads in
offices, commercial
premises,
laboratories, etc.
17
For each distribution system its own Canalis
Schneider Electric ...

offers different distribution systems to fit your operating needs.
Distribution systems
Centralised Our solutions

• Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards.
distribution
For all continuous processes
DB406503
• Cement plants.
• Oil and gas.
• Petrochemicals.
• Steel.
• Paper, etc.
Centralised distribution offers

• Continuity of service.
• Combined distribution of power, control
and monitoring circuits.
• Supervision, etc.
Decentralised Our solutions

• Prisma Plus switchboards.
distribution • Canalis busbar trunking.
For manufacturing industries

DB406205
• Mechanical
• Textiles
• Lumber
• Injection moulding
• Electronics
• Pharmaceuticals
• Livestock, etc.
Decentralised distribution lets you

• Design installations without layout details.
• Upgrade without shutting down production.
• Get systems up and running sooner thanks
to faster installation.
• Generate savings depending on the
number of loads.
18
Combined Our solutions
•P risma Plus and Okken switchboards.
distribution • Canalis busbar trunking.
Where the advantages of both centralised

DB406504
and decentralised distribution are required.

Commercial and service buildings
• Offices.
• Stores.
• Hospitals.
• Exhibition halls, etc.
Infrastructures
• Airports.
• Telecommunications.
• Internet data centres.
• Tunnels, etc.
Industrial facilities
• Pharmaceuticals.
• Food processing, etc.
19
For each distribution system its own Canalis
The Canalis decentralised distribution concept.
Electrical power A competitive installation

available at all points, throughout
Simplicity, upgradeability, safety and continuity of service and
the installation operation.
Savings start with installation
with tap-off points every 3 metres, Canalis busbar trunking reduces
Exclusive features installation costs.
of the Schneider
Given the low cost of adding new circuits, savings increase as the
number of loads increases, a natural consequence of the growth of
Electric system your business.

DB406499
Total coordination of the

Schneider Electric system provides
maximum safety of life and property,
continuity of service, upgradeability and
ease of installation.
Total coordination is made easy by the
tables in the "Selection Guide". They help
you chose the right combination of circuit
breakers and busbar trunking. Canalis
Product characteristics are checked by
calculations and tests carried out in our
laboratories.
Cable
Comparative investment
PD202427_r
of 400 A electric power system equipment.

DB406499
Costs (equipement + labor)

Cables
Canalis
Number of
branching points
6
20
Upgradeable during operation
In decentralised distribution, evolving operating requirements and
costs are integrated right from the start.
• The addition, relocation or replacement of load equipment can be
carried out quickly, without de-energising the supply trunking or
shutting down operation.
• The cost of making such changes is greatly reduced:
> loads are located close to supply points
> tap-off points are always available
> tap-units can be reused or new ones added quickly for load
relocation or replacement needs.
DB406501
Reusable in the event of major changes

When making major modifications to your installation, the existing
trunking can be easily dismantled and reused.
21
Canalis, in total harmony with the environment
Safety of life and property

With Canalis, no toxic emission in case of fire
DD205675_r
The busbar trunking has a low combustible load.Its construction

uses very little consumable material and is halogen free.
In the event of a fire, the busbar trunking does not emit any gas or
toxic smoke.
The busbar trunking helps prevent the propagation of a fire through

partition walls and floors.
Halogen-sensitive applications
• Public buildings (infrastructures, hospitals, schools, etc.).
• Buildings with evacuation difficulties (high-rises, ships, etc.) and
service-activity buildings.
• Sensitive processes (production of electronic components, etc.).
Example:
Consequences of a fire in a 100 m² office Canalis contains no PVCs
with electrical distribution by cables. When PVCs burn, they produce large amounts of smoke that can be
200 kg of cables (i.e. 20 kg of PVC) a serious safety hazard.
produces: • Reduced visibility:
• 4400 m3 of smoke. > risk of panic
• 7.5 m3 of hydrochloric acid. > complicates rescue work.
• 3.7 kg of corroded steel. • Smoke toxicity:
> hydrogen chloride gas (highly toxic)
> carbon monoxide (danger of asphyxiation).
Health
Canalis reduces the risk of exposure to
DD205674
electromagnetic fields
According to the WHO (World Health Organisation), exposure to
electromagnetic fields can be a health hazard starting at levels as
low as 0.2 micro-Teslas and could represent a long-term risk of
cancer. Some countries have created standards that stipulate limits
(e.g. 0.2 μT at 1 metre in Sweden).
All electrical conductors generate magnetic fields proportional to

the distance between them. The design of Canalis busbar trunking
with tightly spaced conductors in a metal enclosure helps to
considerably reduce radiated electromagnetic fields.
The electromagnetic field characteristics of Canalis busbar trunking

are well-defined and measurements show that they are far below
potentially dangerous levels.
You will find the magnetic induction values of our products on the
"Characteristics" pages.
22
Environment
Canalis is fully recyclable
• Canalis busbar trunking can be reused.
Canalis busbar trunking is designed for a long service life and can
easily be dismantled, cleaned and reused.
• All packaging materials can be recycled (cardboard or recyclable
polyethylene film).
• All Canalis products are designed for safe end-of-life recycling.
PVC, on the other hand, requires neutralisation of the hydrochloric
acid produced using lime and generates dioxins that are extremely
toxic.
Example:
1 kg of PVC generates 1 kg of waste. Canalis helps conserve natural resources
The depletion of raw materials (copper, plastics, etc.) is one of our
ongoing concerns.
For this reason, we have optimised the used of all materials used to
make our busbar trunking.
• Reduction of dangerous or polluting materials. We design our
products to meet future European directives.
• Reduction in the weight of insulating materials.
• Reduction in the use of plastics for improved fire performance:
less energy released during combustion, thereby limiting
propagation and facilitating extinction (lower calorific value).
Conservation of natural resources

Canalis reduces your line losses by 20 %
Canalis divides your consumption of plastic by a factor of four
The cost of an electrical installation includes the initial investment for the equipment and its installation, the cost of
maintenance and the cost of energy losses during operation.
The concept of decentralised distribution is a way to merge all the circuits in one and thus to reduce to the
maximum the low cross-section lengths and the weight of insulating materials.
Example:
34 m of Canalis KS 250 A trunking equipped with fourteen 4-pole 25 A feeders.
Type of distribution Insulation Consumption

Decentralised
DB406492
kg
Ks: diversity coefficient = 0.6
Centralised
DB406493
kg
Ks: diversity coefficient = 0.6
23
From the transport to the distribution ...
PD202384_r
24
... Canalis is the core of your installation
25
Canalis KT, a display of advantages
A compact solution
• The compact size of Canalis KT means it takes up very little space
DB406527
in the building:
> used as a rising main, it takes up only a minimum of space
> used for horizontal distribution, it fits easily into the building’s
structure (false floors, false ceilings, service shafts, etc).
• Changes in direction have been designed to optimise the space

taken up, contrary to an equivalent installation using cables which
requires large bending radii.
• Tap-off units, complete with protective devices, are fitted along the
entire length of the busbar trunking thus reducing the floor area
taken up by the electrical distribution switchboards.
A simple and economical system

• The design study is easy to perform as it does not require a
PD202385_r
detailed layout of each load.

Equipment choice is pre-determined and optimised.
• Installing the busbar trunking requires 2 or 3 people only, for a

time equivalent to that for installing cableways.
The time normally needed for laying cables is therefore saved.
• Connection to the MV / LV substation is made using a quick fitting

joint block. The tap-off units can be prepared in the workshop thus
reducing on-site time. Their connection to the busbar trunking is
done in a single plugging-on operation.
• Installing busbar trunking lengths can be done as and when

building work progresses, thus optimising on-site work and
allowing possible unexpected events to be anticipated in advance.
• It is also important to note that busbar trunking is a factory tested

solution, meaning the time needed for inspecting connections is
reduced (visual inspection of tightening torque).
Operating continuity
When working on the electrical installation, the busbar trunking
provides immediate readability of the electrical circuit thus allowing
the appropriate zone to be quickly identified.
Tap-off units can be plugged-on and off without the need for a
shutdown; service continuity is thus irreproachable.
The quality of the electrical contacts guarantees maintenance free

operating continuity.
26
Complete safety
• Busbar trunking temperature rise and short-circuit withstand
PD202386_68
are known and independent of the installation. Coordination of

the Schneider Electric system results in complete control of the
electrical network.
• Installation standards UTE C 15-105 chapter B.6.2 and

IEC 60364 chapter 5.523.6 stipulate that above 4 parallel cables,
it is preferable to use busbar trunking. Paralleling many cables
leads to uneven distribution of currents and the risk of abnormal
temperature rise.
• The busbar trunking and tap-off units are designed to guarantee

the safety of personnel and equipment:
> plug-on connections to silver-plated copper bars
> bolted connections with tightening torque guaranteed by
torque nuts
> foolproof system to avoid the risk of assembly errors
> IP55 certified splash and dust protection
> sprinkler resistance test in compliance with Volkswagen
specifications (valid only for top-mounted units)
> access to live parts have IPxxD protection (1 mm wire diameter).
Its metal enclosure and high protection degree protect the busbar
trunking from all external aggressions (corrosion, rodents, etc).
• Seismic certification to IEC 60980, Richter scale >7 and MSK 64

severity 9.
A large range of tap-off units

Canalis KS tap-off units are fully compatible with Canalis KT:
PD202089-r
• They cover all your requirements:

> Canalis KS tap-off units: 63 to 400 A
> Canalis KT tap-off units: 400 to 1250 A.
• They offer circuit breaker or fuse protection.
This offer includes tap-off units that can be fitted with the
Transparent Ready system:
• They monitor your installation to avoid overloads, thus ensuring
service continuity
• They provide metering to allow accurate management of
your electrical distribution network (allocation of costs to
each consumer).
27
Canalis KT is adapted for all types of building
Office and hospital buildings

Key points
PD202391_r
PD202388_r
• Fire barrier.
• Halogen free.
• Small size.
• Operating
continuity.
PD202389_r
Shopping centres, airports and exhibition centres

Key points
PD202387_r
PD202390_r
• Halogen free.
• Distribution
and metering.
• Able to be
evolved.
• Sprinklers.
03788-50
28
Car industry and industrial buildings
Key points
PD395077-68_r
PD202392_r
• Operating
continuity.
• Able to be
evolved.
• Low voltage
drops.
• Network
PD202393_r
readability.
Internet Data Centers

Key points
109405_r
PD202394_r
• Operating
continuity.
• High tap-off
density.
• Able to be
evolved.
• Network
PD202395_r
compactness
and readability.
29
Canalis, the reference all around the world
Tertiary
Offices Name Lighting and low current Medium current High Country
current
KDP KBA KBB KN KS KT
Air France (headquarters) b b France
P117484-32
Allianz b b Germany
Axa b b France
Chamber of Commerce b b Luxembourg
Commerz Bank b b Germany
Lexel b b b Sweden
Telefónica b b Spain
Trade Center b b Spain
Tour du RDC b b Tunisia
Turning Torso b Sweden
Vodafone b b New Zealand
Internet Data Center

Banco Commercial Português b b Portugal
38EQI029-32
Colt b b France
Digiplex b b Sweden
IBM b b b b Spain, Italy
MCI-Worldcom b b b b Italy, United Kingdom
Hotels and restaurants

Hyatt b Tunisia
032627-32
Mc Donald’s b France
Soldeo Andorra Hotel b b Spain
Hospitals
Children Clinic b b Sweden
P119196-32
Brussels University Hospital b Belgium

Derby Hospital b United Kingdom
Oran Hospital b b Algeria
St Joseph Hospital b France
Stockholm Hospital b Sweden
Val de Grâce Hospital b France
Michalon Hospital b b France
Manussia Hospital b Egypt
Supermarkets and hypermarkets

Alcampo b b b Spain
054723-32
Auchan b b b b b b World
B&Q b b b United Kingdom
Carrefour b b b b b b World
Coop b b b Italy
Fnac b b Spain, France
Ikea b b b b b China, Spain, France,
Sweden
Mark & Spencer b Belgium, Spain,
United Kingdom
Toys’R Us b Spain
30
Industry
Car industry Name Lighting and low current Medium current High Country
current
BMW b b b b Italy
PB110345-32
Citroën b b b b b b China, Spain, France

Daewo b South Korea
Dacia b b b b b Romania
Iveco b b b b Spain, Italy
Peugeot b b b b China, Spain, France
Nissan b b b b b Spain
Renault b b b b b Spain, France, Czech
Republic
Seat Spain
Valéo b b b China, France, Italy,
Poland
Volkswagen b b b Spain, Germany
Other industries
Aerospace industry
Airbus b b b Italy
Food-processing industry
Coca-Cola b b Spain, Italy, Belgium
Danone b b b World
Pasquier b b France
Livestock production farms and greenhouses

Favier henhouse b b France
Greenhouse b Netherlands
Ceramic industry
Esmalglas ceramic b b b b b Spain
Electricity
Legrand b France, Turkey
Watch-making
Rolex b b b Switzerland
Microelectronics
Intel b b b b Irelande
ST Micro-electronique b b b b France
Lead industry and water treatment

Grundfos b China
Industrial technology
Bosch b b China
Telephony
Phillips b Netherlands
Nokia b b Sweden
Textile industry
Louis Vuitton b b b Spain
Delta b b Israel
31
Canalis, the reference all around the world
Infrastructure
Airports Name Lighting and low current Medium current High Country
current
Paris Airport b b b b b France
PD202250_r
Cairo Airport b Egypt

Heathrow Airport b b b United Kingdom
Hong-Kong Airport b China
Landvetter Airport b Sweden
Arlanda b b b Sweden
Satelite Barajas b Spain
Marine
Chantier de l’Atlantique b b France
PD202251_r
Meyerwerft b b Germany
Undergrounds
Guanghzou Underground b China
PD202252_r
London Underground b United Kingdom

Madrid Underground b b Spain
Singapore Underground b Singapore
Other infrastructures
Alexandria Library b b Egypt
Centre international d’exposition b b China
de Suzhou
CERN b b Switzerland
Stade de France b b France
32
Canalis tools and services
Technical files
The technical files have been compiled from completed contracts and provide answers to
questions concerning the installation of Canalis busbar trunking in specific business sectors.
In exhibition center In tiles factories

• KD0C00CTAFEEN. • DEBU005EN.
In electronics factories
• KD0C00CTAUEEN.
Solution for Data Center

iBusway for Data iBusway for Data
Center catalogue Center brochure
Low voltage distribution
Invest for today,

iBusway for plan for tomorrow
Data Center
• DEBU028EN. • DEBU027EN.
Catalogue
2010
iBusway for Data Centers

Monitored busway system
for rack power distribution
Solution for lighting management

iBusway for lighting Brochure iBusway for
iBusway for Lighting
management
Lighting management
has never been so easy
and economical
management: lighting management
Canalis - DALI technical and installation guide iBusway for Lighting Management
Canalis-DALI technical • DESWED112002EN.
installation guide
• DEBU032EN.
Application datasheets / Guide

In cruise ships In car parks
• DESWED105014EN. • DESWED108011EN.
In livestock production In greenhouses
buildings • DESWED105013EN.
• DESWED105010EN. In garages
In logistic centers • DESWED106004EN.
• DESWED105011EN. In hypermarkets
In automobile industry • KD0C98CTAHYEN.
• KD0C98CTAAUEN.
Find a large range of publications on the Schneider Electric web site: www.schneider-electric.com.
33
Work-out your solution together

Our teams are available to provide customers with technical
PD202396_r
assistance throughout the installation of their projects.
• Design of electrical distribution architectures:

> design of decentralised transport and distribution systems
> technical and financial optimisation of busbar trunking
design projects
> transformer / switchboard link
> installation coordination and discrimination.
• Full installation drawings:

DD210862
> 3D Autocad drawings with corresponding parts lists

> 2D drawing with dimensions
> detailed connection drawings.
• Site supervision and commissioning assistance.
• Training for designers and contractors.
Technical
Project support CanBrass
2
launch drawing
1 3
DB406502
Canalis iBusway
After-sales
service 8 "Total Solution" 4 Autocad
drawing
7 6 5
On-site instruction Production
and installation Project
management
34
CanBrass gives you all the help you need
Schneider Electric offers a comprehensive design

and costing software.
The CanBrass software, edited by Schneider Electric,

PD202374
was developed to help you design and cost Canalis busbar

trunking runs.
CanBrass,
a comprehensive tool
The CanBrass software allows you to quickly design the best layout
for your project.
Design guide.
It allows:
• The material needed to be easily chosen.
PD202375
• A list of catalogue numbers and their exact quantities

to be defined.
• A comprehensive quote that includes material and labour.
There are 2 options:
• Linear metre costing.
• Graphical costing.
Linear metre costing

The user enters the following parameters:
• For the power run: rating, polarity, protection degree.
• For each feeder: number of machines, rating and protection.
• Overall run length, number of change-of-direction sections and the
Enter Canalis run characteristics.
connection type.
PD202376
Switchboard access estimation of material and labour costs.
35
Graphical costing
PD202377
Simply create a 3D drawing of the busbar trunking using appropriate

dialogue boxes.
Enter the following:
• Rating.
• Polarity.
• Connection types.
Definition of catalogue numbers

PD202378
The software gives an optimum breakdown of the project and

provides a bill of materials:
• Catalogue number.
• Quantity.
• Price.
The software can also generate 2D or 3D drawings with dimensions.
Breakdown of the run by product function.
Quote
PD202379
The CanBrass software can generate a comprehensive customised

quote:
• Quantity.
• Catalogue number.
• Unit price.
• Total net price.
• Installation time.
36
Contents Presentation and description
Index 3
Introduction 17
Presentation 38
Panorama of Canalis range 38

Lighting distribution 38
Power distribution 40
Canalis KTC from 800 to 4000 A 44

For horizontal transport and distribution 44
For distribution to different levels 46
Tap-off units from 25 to 1250 A 47
Description 48
General 48
Run sections 50
Other run sections -

Disconnectors and run protective devices 51
Change of direction sections 52
Connection sections 53
Connection accessories 58
Supports and fixings 60
Tap-off units 61
Plug-on tap-off units for circuit breakers 62
Plug-on tap-off units for fuses 63
Fixed tap-off units for circuit breakers 64
Catalogue numbers and dimensions 65

Design guide 135
Recommandations 235
37
Presentation Panorama of Canalis range
Lighting distribution
Canalis KTC
Range Canalis KDP
PD202216_r
Run components
Degree of protection IP55
Number of circuits 1
Rating 20 A
Tap-off intervals 1200 - 1350 - 1500 - 2400 - 2700 and 3000 mm
Standard lengths 24 and 192 meters
Finish -
Maximum distance between fixing points 0.70 meter
KDP-KBA-KBB tap-off units

PD202225_r
Rating 10 and 16 A
Option
-
-
-
38
Canalis KBA Canalis KBB
PD202217_r2
PD202219_r
IP55 IP55
1 1 or 2
25 and 40 A 25 and 40 A
500 - 1000 and 1500 mm 500 and 1000 mm
2 and 3 meters 2 and 3 meters
Galvanised steel Galvanised steel
3 meters 5 meters
PD202225_r
PD202225_r
10 and 16 A 10 and 16 A
White RAL 9010 White RAL 9010

Bus conductor Bus conductor
- Clean earth
39
Power distribution
Canalis KTC
Range Canalis KN
PD202221_r
Run components
Polarity 3L + N + PE
Rating 40, 63, 100 and 160 A
Tap-off intervals 500 - 1000 or 3000 mm
Standard lengths 3 meters
Finish White RAL 9001
Maximum distance between fixing points 3 meters
Tap-off units
PD202080_r
Rating Plug-in 16 to 63 A
Bolt-on
Option
Remote control conductor
40
Canalis KS Canalis KS, rising mains
PD202222_r
PD202223_r
IP55 IP55
3L + N + PE 3L + N + PE
100, 160, 250, 400, 500, 630, 800 and 1000 A 100, 160, 250, 400, 500, 630, 800 and 1000 A
1000 mm on each face 500 mm
3 and 5 meters Defined by the floor pitch
White RAL 9001 White RAL 9001
3 meters Defined by the floor pitch
PD202089_r
PD202214_r2
25 to 400 A 25 to 400 A
- -
41
Power distribution
Canalis KTC
Range Canalis KT
PD202088-74_r
Run components
Polarity 3L + PE ; 3L + N +PE ; 3L + N + oversized PE
Rating 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200 and 4000 A
Tap-off intervals 500 - 1000 mm
Standard lengths 2 and 4 meters
Finish White RAL 9001
Maximum distance between fixing points 3 meters
Tap-off units
PD202314_r2
Rating Plug-in 25 to 400 A

Bolt-on 400 to 1250 A
Option
-
42
43
Presentation Canalis KTC from 800 to 4000 A
For horizontal transport and distribution
Canalis KTC
Run sections Tap-off units Change-of-direction sections
bb Rating: 800 to 4000 A. bb Plug-in tap-off units: bb Change-of-direction sections adapt to all
bb Transport sections: vv protection by 25 to 630 A fuses busbar trunking requirements.
vv fixed lengths: 2 and 4 meters vv protection by 100 to 630 A Compact NSX bb There are both fixed and made-to-
vv non-standard lengths: 0.5 and 3 meters circuit breakers. measure lengths.
bb Distribution sections: bb Fixed tap-off units:
vv fixed lengths: 2 and 4 meters. vv protection by 400 to 1250 A
Compact NS and NSX circuit breakers
vv protection by 400 to 1000 A fuses.
PD202313_r
PD202314_r2
PD202315_r
PD202312_r
PD202328_r
44
Interface connections Universal supply connections Horizontal fixing supports
bb Pre-fabricated interfaces connections can bb Supply connections allow the bb There are two types of support for
be incorporated into: busbar trunking to be connected to the installing the busbar trunking horizontally.
vv Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards switchboard’s busbar or to the transformer. bb One type of fixing: to fix the busbar
vv France Transfo dry-type transformers. trunking to its support.
PD202431_r
PD202317_r
PD202318_r
PD202300_r
45
Presentation Canalis KTC from 800 to 4000 A
For distribution to different levels
Rising mains
Canalis KTC
Run sections
bb Rating: 800 to 4000 A.
bb Distribution sections, fixed 2 meter lengths.
bb Transport sections for going through floor slabs,
made to measure 0.5 to 3 meter lengths.
PD202320_r
PD202319_r
Vertical fixing support

bb For installing the busbar trunking vertically, they
ensure:
vv height and depth adjustment
vv load sharing
vv absorption of expansions, vibrations, etc.
bb They can be fixed either to the floor, the wall or to
a bracket.
PD202321_r
Tap-off units
bb Plug-in tap-off units:
vv protection by 25 to 630 A fuses
vv protection by 100 to 630 A Compact NSX circuit
breakers.
bb Fixed tap-off units:
vv protection by 400 to 1250 A
Compact NS and NSX circuit breakers
vv protection by 400 to 1000 A fuses.
PD202322_r
46
Tap-off units from 25 to 1250 A
Rating (A) Type of protection

Modular switchgear Compact NS and NSX Fuses Compact NSX with
measurement and metering
Plug-on tap-off units
25 to 100
DB406528
PD202150_r
PD202138_r
63 A, 8 x 18 mm modules 25 / 50 A for NF / DIN fuses
32 A for BS fuses
DB406529
PD202147_r
For Compact NSX100 circuit
breaker
100 A, 12 x 18 mm modules 63 A for DIN fuses

100 A for NF / DIN fuses
80 A for BS fuses
160
PD202150_r
PD202323_r
PD202150_r
For NG125 / 160 circuit breaker For Compact NSX160 circuit 160 A for NF / DIN / BS fuses
breaker
250 to 400 Fitted with DIN rail for Powerlogic
PD202184_r
PD202324_r
PM810
PD202324_r
breaker
PD202325_r
breaker
PD202325_r
250 / 400 A for NF / DIN fuses

breaker
breaker
630
DB402028
DB402027
For Compact NSX630 circuit 630 A for NF fuses

breaker
Fixed tap-off units
400 and 630
PD202326_r
PD240004_r
For Compact NSX400 and 400 to 630 A for DIN fuses(1)

NSX630 circuit breakers
800, 1000 and 1250
PD202327_r
PD240005_r
For Compact NS800, NS1000 and 800 to 1000 A for DIN fuses(1)
NS1250(1) circuit breakers
(1) Tap-off units for NS1250 and fuses (from 400 to 1000 A) in IP31 only.
47
Description General
Canalis KTC
The Canalis KT busbar trunking is intended for high power distribution and
transport in industrial, commercial and tertiary buildings.
Assembly of prefabricated sections that adapt to all run configurations.
Run sections
bb 8 ratings are available, from 1000 to 5000 A.
DD205853
DD202434-m
bb 4 copper live conductors with identical cross-sections (3L + N + PE version).
bb Conductors insulated using polyester film, class B 130°C, halogen free.
bb Standard busbar trunking is IP55.
bb Insulation voltage: 1000 Volts.
bb Available polarities: 3L + PE, 3L + N +PE, 3L + N + PER (reinforced PE)
3L + PE
The KT busbar trunking is of compact design and can be installed edgewise, flat or
DD202435-m
vertically.
This design, allows the busbar trunking to be installed through a floor slab or fire
barrier wall.
As standard, the Canalis KT busbar trunking acts as a fire barrier in accordance
with IEC 61439-6.
The RAL 9001 pre-lacquered galvanized steel casing provides protection and
mechanical fixing of the conductors.
3L + N + PE Further, it is used as the PE protective conductor (in accordance with NFC 15100
The conductors are sandwiched together inside the metal and IEC 60364).
casing.
In its reinforced version 3L + N + PER, the busbar trunking is fitted with an
additional internal copper conductor with a cross-section equal to half that of the
DD205854
DD202436-m
phase conductor.
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
A reinforced version can be supplied on demand. This version has lateral

reinforcement (see page “Characteristics”).
The Canalis KT busbar trunking is suitable for applications containing harmonics by

taking into account the appropriate derating factor. See “Harmonic currents” in the
Design guide.
3L + N + PER
Tap-off contact
The KS plug-on tap-off units are connected to the busbar trunking whilst live (off-
load) via spring jaw connections.
Contact zone coating:
bb silver-plated copper at jaw contact points.
48
Joint block
The junction between sections is made using a joint block.
DD202445
The joint block provides the following:

bb electrical junction between live conductors and between PE protective
conductors, mechanical link between the two sections.
Contact zone coating:

bb silver-plated copper
It provides simultaneous continuity between all conductors.

It is tightened using torque bolt(s) (1 to 4 depending on the rating) with snap-off
heads.
The nut head snaps-off, freeing a red washer, when the correct tightening torque is
DD205857
reached.
This operation is checked visually:

bb if the red washer is absent: it has been tightened
bb if the red washer is visible: it has not been tightened.
This device guarantees the necessary contact pressure between live conductors
and is operator independent.
For dismantling or maintenance operations, the nut has a second head.

The tightening torque is 6 daN.m.
All sections (apart from ER and EL feed units) are supplied with their joint
block, delivered in a separate parcel.
If the run has a feed unit (ER or EL) at each end, an additional joint block
must be ordered.
Phase order
The standard phase order for the busbar trunking is denoted N321.
DD205858
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
However, this order can be changed to N123. A label showing the phase order
«N123» is supplied with each element to indicate the change.
DD205859
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
49
Description Run sections
Canalis KTC
Straight sections
Transport sections - Type ET

Transport the current without tap-off points.
Available in 2 and 4 metre fixed lengths or made to measure from 0.50 to 3 metres.
DD202390
Sections with tap-off points for plug-on tap-off units -

Type ED
ED run sections are for current distribution.
They use 25 to 400 A KS tap-off units.
These tap-off units can be plugged-on whilst live, but off-load.
Available in fixed 2 or 4 metre lengths with 3 tap-off points on one side.
DD205860
Sections with tap-off points for fixed tap-off units - Type EB

EB run sections are for current distribution.
They use specific KT 400 to 1250 A tap-off units.
These tap-off units can only be fitted / removed when the run is not energised.
Available in a 2 metre fixed length with one tap-off point or a 4 metre fixed length
with 2 tap-off points.
DD205861
50
Other run sections
Disconnectors and run
protective devices
Other run sections
Expansion section - Type DB

DD202446
It controls and absorbs the expansion of Canalis runs and must be used on runs
over 30 metres and each time the busbar trunking passes through a building
expansion joint.
Refer to the installation guide.
Available in a 1 metre length, it can be fitted vertically or horizontally.

At its centre it has flexible conductor joints and a sliding case able to absorb the
relative movements of each part of the section.
Transposition sections - Types TN, TP

Used when the phase order of the switchboard is different to that of the
transformer.
DD202439
Available in a 1 metre length and is the same physical size as a transport section.
bb The TN version transposes the neutral.
DD205863
bb The TP type transposes the phases.

DD205864
Additional joint block - Type YA

DD205856
DD205862
If the run has a feed unit (supplied without a joint block) at each end, an additional
joint block must be ordered.
Each joint block is supplied with the necessary covers, nuts and bolts.
Run end cover - Type FA
The end cover protects and insulates the conductor ends and is fitted to the last
section.
Disconnectors and run protective devices

Fitted between 2 flat or edgewise sections, they isolate or protect a busbar
DD202440
trunking part run.

Each assembly is supplied fitted with a 3 or 4-pole device complete with rotary
handle.
Supplied with:
bb an auxiliary connection terminal
bb lifting rings
bb upstream and downstream terminal shields.
Colour: white RAL 9001, 100 % polyester paint on galvanized sheet steel.
Refer to manufacturer’s data for switchgear characteristics.
Fitted with a rotary handle, the tap-off unit can only be opened once the device
has been switched off.
DD202441
Run disconnector tap-off units - Type SL

Type SL for:
bb Compact NS1000 to 1600 A type NA fixed isolators:
vv unhingeable door
vv 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied)
bb Interpact INV isolator, 2000 to 2500 A:
vv unhingeable door
vv 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied)
bb Masterpact NW3200 A type HA fixed isolator supplied with:
vv transparent protection cover
vv adaptation kit for Ronis lock + 1 Ronis lock
vv complete Harting plug, not cabled.
Run protection tap-off units - Type PL

Type PL for:
bb Compact NS1000 to 1600 A type N fixed circuit-breakers:
vv unhingeable door
vv 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied).
For circuit-breakers greater than 1600 A, consult the sales office.
51
Description Change of direction sections
Canalis KTC
Simple changes of direction
Elbows - Types LP and LC

To go up or down, to turn right or left:
bb type LP, flat elbow available in fixed or made-to-measure lengths
DD205865
bb type LPpC, flat made-to-measure angled elbow
DD202432
bb type LC, edgewise elbow available in fixed or made-to-measure lengths

DD205866
bb type LCpC, edgewise made-to-measure angled elbow.

DD205867
Edgewise T junctions - Type TC

To feed runs perpendicular to the main run.
DD205868
Changes of direction
Zeds - Types ZP, ZC and CP
3-branch made-to-measure:
bb flat or edgewise, to move the run axis upwards, downwards, to the right or to the
left without having to bend the busbar trunking:
vv type ZP, flat Zed
DD205869
vv type ZC, edgewise Zed

DD205870
bb edgewise / flat, to provide the busbar trunking with a bend:

vv Type CP, edgewise and/or flat Zed.
DD205871
52
Connection sections
To connect the KTC busbar trunking to different terminals or to transformer,

switchboard, generator set, etc. busbars. Canalis offers high performance
connection sections which meet all requirements.
These sections provide installation flexibility combined with quick and simple
assembly.
Further, the connections are made using torque bolts which provide both ease
of installation (use of a standard spanner for tightening to 6 daN.m) and a visual
check before energising.
Connections via interface to Prisma Plus, Okken and Trihal

Direct connection to Trihal transformers and Prisma Plus & Okken switchboards.
DD202306
Supplied factory or panelbuilder assembled and tested to IEC 61439-1 and

IEC 61439-6.
Quick and simple connection of the busbar trunking to the interface.
Reduced size.
Joint block integrated into the interface.
A sealing kit (rating dependent) must be ordered.
DD202314
Prisma Plus switchboard

DD202310
Sealing kit
Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards

For fixed or draw-out incoming device, front or rear connection:
bb Masterpact NW08 to NW40 or NT06 to NT16 circuit-breaker
bb Compact NS630b to NS1600 circuit-breaker.
Possibility of switching the phases around.
Okken switchboard
France Transfo Trihal dry type transformers

DD202503
For naturally ventilated or force ventilated transformers.

Protection degree:
bb IP00
bb IP31.
Secondary voltage: 410 V
± 15 mm adjustment in the 3 axes.
53
Description Connection sections
Canalis KTC
Universal connections to switchboards and oil immersed transformers
Feed units - Type ER

DD210777
They allow the busbar trunking to be connected to a switchboard’s busbar, or to the

terminals of an oil immersed transformer, generator set, etc.
They come complete with a mounting plate fitted:

bb either directly to the roof of the switchboard
bb or via the intermediary of a protective cover.
Vertical or horizontal incoming busbar trunking.
DD205872
Types ER N1/N2 Types ER N3/N4 Types ER N5/N6 Type ER N7
Connection:
DD202502
bb either directly to the busbar

bb or by flexible bars and connection plates
bb or by braids
bb or by cables.
bb ER feed units are supplied without a joint block.

bb If the run has a feed unit at each end, an additional joint block must be ordered.
54
Protective covers - Types CS, CR, BC
DD210866
Protects the external part of the connection.
bb Type CS
Height adaptable flexible protective cover adaptable for ER N1 to N6 feed units
with a between centres distance of 115 mm.
DD210864
For a vertical incomer - Types CR1 to CR3

Made-to-measure rigid protective cover for ER N1 to N7 feed units.
They are height adjustable by ± 50 mm.
bb Type CR 1 for a horizontal incomer.
DD205873
bb Types CR2 and CR3 for a vertical incomer.

DD210865
DD205624
bb Types CR7 and CR8

Protective covers for oil immersed transformers.
Only for ER N1 to N6 feed units with a between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
depending on the rating.
Fit directly onto the BT series transformer tanks.
Never use with HV porcelaine bushings.
vv Type CR7 for a vertical incomer.

DD202321
vv Type CR8 for a horizontal incomer.

DD202325
vv Type BC
Protective cover for direct cable connection to ER N1 to N6 feed units with a
between centres distance of 115 mm.
55
Description Connection sections
Canalis KTC
Universal connections to dry type transformers
Feed units - Type EL

DD202447
For dry type transformers with the neutral between the phases.
They allow optimum connection to the busbar trunking.
The junction with the busbar trunking is achieved:

bb either from the side
DD205874
Type EL N1/N2.
bb or from the centre.

DD205875
DD205876
Type EL N3/N4. Type EL N5.
They are of similar design to straight transport sections and can be installed
DD205877
edgewise or flat.
If installed flat, a set of angle brackets can be ordered.
The following must be specified at the time of order:

bb phase order
bb distance between phases (a ±20 mm lateral adjustment can be made use of on
site).
The link between the transformer terminals and the connection section is either by
flexible bar connection plates or by braids.
56
Protective covers - Type CR4 to CR6
These protect the connections with an IP31 casing when connecting to a
transformer.
They are height adjustable by ±50 mm.
bb Type CR4
Protective cover for EL N1 to N4 feed units.
Edgewise assembly.
DD202342
bb Type CR5
Protective cover for EL N1 to N4 feed units.
Flat assembly.
DD202343
bb Type CR6
Protective cover for EL N5 feed unit.
Edgewise assembly.
DD202346
57
Description Connection accessories
Canalis KTC
Accessories for direct connection to the switchboard

The conductors of ER N1 to N6 feed units are connected directly to the
DD202363
switchboard busbars.
YB2 copper spacers are available to compensate differences in thickness between
the switchboard bars (10 mm) and the connection part (6 mm).
Make-up of kit:
DD202400
bb 8 x 2 mm thick copper spacers
bb 16 off M12 x 60 mm bolts, class 8.8
bb 16 contact washers
bb 16 torque nuts
bb 8 steel spacer plates.
Order a set per feed unit whatever the rating.
Switchboard connection accessories using connection plates

The conductors of ER N1 to N6 feed units are connected via connection plates to
DD210784
the switchboard busbars.
The YC types are flexible bars made up of 5 copper sheets of 1 x 100 mm (500
mm² cross-section).
The number of connection plates needed is proportional to the busbar trunking
rating.
There are 3 types:
bb YC1, uninsulated 600 mm long bar with 4 oblong holes at one end.
The length of the holes at the switchboard side are to be adapted on-site
104202DD
bb YC2, uninsulated bar, made-to-measure length of 250 to 600 mm with 4 oblong

holes at each end, ready to use
DD202402
bb YC5, insulated 1000 mm long flexible bar, stripped at one end and with 4 oblong
holes.
The length of the holes at the switchboard side are to be adapted on-site.
DD202403
Nuts and bolts

The connection plates are fixed to the feed unit using the YB3 nut and bolt kit,
made up of:
DD205878
bb 16 torque nuts
Clamps
YS1 clamps enable high short-circuit current levels to be withstood; only for bars
with a 115 mm spacing.
DD202411
Insulation
See page 59.
58
Transformer connections - Types YC, YT
The feed unit conductors are connected to the transformer bars via connection
DD205879
plates or braids:
bb connection plates, YC types, are flexible bars made up of 5 copper sheets of
1 x 100 mm (500 mm² cross-section)
bb braids, YT type, are copper braids with a 600 mm² cross-section.
The number of connection plates needed is proportional to the busbar trunking

rating.
Connection plates
The YC3 is an uninsulated bar with an expansion kink; it is 400 mm long and has 4
holes at one end.
They can be fitted to the transformer side:
bb either using bar clamps (no drilling)
bb or drilled and bolted (to be carried out on site).
DD202412
YS2 and YS3 bar clamps enable connection without the need to drill the connection
plates.
They allow height adjustment.
bb Type YS2, bar clamps for 100 mm transformer connection terminals.
bb Type YS3, bar clamps for 120 mm transformer connection terminals.
Make-up of kit: 1 set of 8 parts.
DD205880
bb The YC4 is an uninsulated bar with an expansion kink; it is 400 mm long and has
4 oblong holes at each end (ready to use).
DD202414
Braids
Type YT, 400 mm long insulated braid with 4 holes at each end.
DD202415
The connection plates and braids are fixed to the feed unit using the YB4 nut and
bolt kit, made up of:
bb 16 torque nuts
Insulation
DD230229
The YF conduit allows the various conductors of a connection performed with

braids or with bare copper foils to be insulated.
Installation is performed after complete assembly of the connection, with scratch
fastening for easier setup.
The insulating conduit is formed of a 2-metre plastic duct that can be cut to length
as needed.
DD230230
59
Description Supports and fixings
Canalis KTC
Horizontal supports
The ZA types allow the busbar trunking to be fixed and adjusted along its length, as
2 7 3 2 0 2DD
well as absorbing its movements.
Supports for horizontal sections

bb Type ZA1, to support edgewise busbar trunking only, consists of a steel angle
bracket and 2 x 2 metre threaded M10 rods.
The maximum distance between supports is:
vv 3 metres for edgewise busbar trunking
vv 2 metres for flat busbar trunking.
See installation precautions.
DD202485
bb Type ZA4, to support the busbar trunking from the top.

bb These supports are needed to fix edgewise EL N1 to N4 feed units for dry type
transformers (rods not supplied).
DD202486
DD202368
Fixing bracket
DD202369
The ZA3 keeps the busbar trunking in place on its support, without blocking it, in
order to allow expansion movements.
DD202484
Vertical supports
The ZA5 is for supporting vertical sections.
DD202374
They fix sections of a vertical run to the building’s structure.

This type of fixing support has the following advantages:
bb assembly:
vv to a wall
vv to a wall bracket
vv to the floor
bb height and depth adjustment
bb spring adjustment to ensure distribution of the load at each floor
bb avoids the transmission of building forces to the busbar trunking (expansion and
vibration).
DD202496
For KTC1000 to KTC2000. For KTC2500 to KTC5000.
To a wall. To a wall bracket. To the floor.
60
Description Tap-off units
Canalis KTC
The tap-off units are used to instantly connect loads or secondary runs, and comply
with installation standards and regulations (IEC 60364), whatever the earthing
system (TT, TNS, TNC or IT).
When off-load, they can be plugged-on and off and be operated whilst live.
Plugging-on and plugging-off automatically opens and closes the tap-off point.
DD210275
No live part is accessible with the door open. The protection degree is IPXXB
(finger protection).
They are IP55 by construction (no accessory is required).
DD210276
Safety and operation

Fuse and modular switchgear tap-off units (AC20) are isolated as soon as the tap-
off unit door is opened.
Tap-off unit disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried
out only if the downstreamload is de-energised.
For circuit breaker tap-off units, there are safety mechanisms to prevent:
bb the tap-off unit being plugged-on and plugged-off with the tap-off unit door closed
bb the door being closed if the tap-off unit has not been locked onto the busbar
trunking
bb access to the electrical equipment and connection terminals when live
bb the door being opened in the "ON" position for tap-off units fitted with a Compact
NS or NSX or NG circuit breaker.
These tap-off units can be fitted with accessories such as:

bb door early break contacts
bb adapter for lead sealing
bb etc.
The sheet steel tap-off units are fitted with a carrying handle.
DD210466
Characteristics of tap-off units up to 100 A

bb Colour:
vv white (RAL 9001) body and carrying handles
vv transparent green door (similar design to the Kaedra enclosures).
bb Material: self-extinguishing, halogen-free insulating plastic (fire resistant and very
high temperature withstand).
Other characteristics: cable gland drilling zone, stainless steel screws and the door
can be lead sealed.
Characteristics of tap-off units from 160 to 400 A

bb Colour:
vv white (RAL 9001) body
vv black carrying handles (RAL 9005)
DD202012
vv 100 % polyester paint.

bb Material: galvanized sheet steel.
Other characteristics:
bb unhingeable door (120° opening hinges)
bb vertically bevelled polyurethane seals with a double fold for increased rigidity
(similar design to the Sarel Spatial 3D enclosures)
bb 25 mm grill type gland plates for a maximum access area.
61
Description Plug-on tap-off units for circuit
breakers
Canalis KTC
Isolator tap-off units for modular switchgear

DD210454
Most 18 mm Multi 9 modular devices can be fitted into these tap-off units.
They have a window on the front face for switchgear control and visualisation.
A transparent shutter ensures the window can be sealed.

Two tap-off ratings are available:
bb 63 A nominal current for 8 modules
bb 100 A nominal current for 12 modules (accepts C120 circuit breakers).
Tap-off units for NG type modular switchgear

These tap-off units are fitted with a DIN rail and upstream connections for 18 mm
DD202154
wide modular devices.

The switchgear is operated via a rotary handle which prevents door opening when
the circuit breaker is in the “ON” position.
Nominal current: 160 A for a 13-module capacity (accepts NG125 or NG160 fitted
with a Vigi unit).
Isolator tap-off units for Compact NSX circuit breakers

These tap-off units are fitted with mounting plates and upstream connections
for fixed, front-connected 100 to 400 A Compact NSX circuit breakers (N, H or L
DD210461
version) with a rotary handle.
The 400 A tap-off units can only be fitted onto straight lengths with a rating greater
than 400 A.
For plug-on circuit breakers, Vigi units, etc, please consult your Schneider Electric
contact.
Measurement and metering isolator tap-off units

These tap-off units allow sub-metering to re-allocate power consumption costs by
consumer and to monitor installations by, for example, following run load levels.
DD210465
The values measured using the Compact NSX TI unit are sent to the measurement
unit which then sends the information to a central unit via a bus (See Measurement
and metering).
They are fitted with:

bb a mounting plate for a Compact NSX 250 or 400 A circuit breaker with an
extended rotary handle and a Compact NSX current transformer module (TI unit)
bb a DIN rail for installing a Powerlogic PM810 measurement unit, a set of
terminals, etc.
In severe operating conditions (> 40 °C ambient temperature), we recommend the

use of a PM810 without display.
62
Plug-on tap-off units for fuses
These tap-off units provide the tap-offs with fuse protection (fuses not supplied).
Plastic tap-off units

Fitted with carriers for:
DD210466
bb 50 to 100 A cylindrical NF fuses

bb 25 to 63 A DIN screwed fuses
bb 100 A DIN blade fuses
bb 32 to 80 A BS screwed fuses.
Steel tap-off units

Fitted with carriers for:
bb 160 to 400 A NF / DIN blade fuses
DD202012
bb 160 A BS screwed fuses.

DD210472
63
Description Fixed tap-off units for circuit
breakers
Canalis KTC
Safety and operation

The electrical connection is made by plugging-on the tap-off unit into dedicated tap-
off point whilst the busbar trunking is de-energised (plugging-off the unit must also
be done with the busbar trunking de-energised).
The connection is mechanically tightened using a one-use torque bolt (10 daN.m).
A mechanical foolproof system avoids the risk of incorrect assembly.
The door can only be opened once the load has been isolated (rotary handle).
The bolt can only be tightened or untightened with the door open.
No live part is accessible with the door open, protection degree IP2X.
Characteristics of tap-off units from 400 to 1250 A

bb Colour:
vv white (RAL 9001) body.
bb Material: galvanized sheet steel.
bb Other characteristics:
vv the cables exit laterally through 2 aluminium plates (to be drilled by the
installation contractor)
vv cabling space can be increased by using the cable box supplied with the tap-off
unit
vv the door is fixed using 6 captive M6 screws and can be completely removed to
facilitate cabling.
Steel tap-off units

DD202451
These tap-off units are used to supply loads or secondary runs (e.g. medium power
distribution using Canalis KS).
They are fitted to specific EB type straight lengths.
They comply with installation standards and regulations, whatever the earthing
system (TT, IT, TNS or TNC):
bb tap-off units fitted with a mounting plate for Compact NS and NSX 400 / 1250 A,
3 or 4 P:
vv fixed device
vv front connections
vv extended rotary handle.
3 models:
bb Compact NSX400 / 630 A, connection capacity:
vv IP54
vv 3 x 300 mm2 cables for the phases and neutral (hole diameter = 15 mm),
vv 150 mm² for the PE
bb Compact NS800 / 1000 A, connection capacity:
vv IP54
vv 4 x 300 mm2 cables for the phases and neutral (hole diameter = 15 mm)
vv 200 mm2 for the PE (cable clamp)
bb Compact NS1250 A, connection capacity:
DD202497
vv IP31
vv 4 x 300 mm2 cables for the phases and neutral (hole diameter = 15 mm)
vv 200 mm2 for the PE (cable clamp).
64
Contents Catalogue numbers and
dimensions
Index 3
Introduction 17
Catalogue-number coding 67
Run components 68
Additional run components 71
Elbow components for changing direction 73
Zed components for changing direction 76
Canalis interfaces for Prisma Plus LV switchboard 78
Canalis interfaces for Okken LV switchboard 80
Sealing kits 81
Feed units for switchboards and oil immersed transformers 82
Rigid protective covers 86
Adjustable protective covers for oil immersed transformers 88
Flexible protective covers, Cable boxes 89
Feed units for dry-type transformers 90
Protective covers for dry-type transformers 94
Connection accessories 96
Supports and fixings 100
Accessories 102
Fire-barrier kit 102
Tap-off units from Canalis KS range 103
63 to 100 A tap-off units for modular devices 103
125 to 160 A tap-off units for modular devices 104
100 to 400 A tap-off units for Compact NS circuit breakers 105
250 to 400 A tap-off units for Compact NS circuit breakers 106
50 to 100 A tap-off units for NF fuses 107
100 to 400 A tap-off units for NF fuses 108
25 to 63 A tap-off units for DIN fuses 109
100 to 400 A tap-off units for DIN fuses 110
32 to 160 A tap-off units for BS fuses 111
Accessories 112
Bolted tap-off units from Canalis KT for Compact NSX/NS
400 to 1250 A circuit breakers 113
630 and 1000 A bolted tap-off units with switch-disconnetors
for DIN fuses 114
Coupling isolators from1000 to 2500 A 115
Coupling isolators 3200 A 116
Protection of the run using Compact NS circuit breakers
from 1000 à 1600 A 117
Special products 118
Canalis KH substitution by Canalis KT 120
KTC/KGF connection elements 120
Preserved KH tap-off units and substitution table 121
250 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range
for Compact NSX circuit breakers 124
250 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range for NF fuses 125
100 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH with disconnector Jean Muller 126
400 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH with disconnector Jean Muller 127
250 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range
with Fupact INF fuse switch 128
250 to 1000 A fixed tap-off units for Canalis KGF range,
with isolator and fuse carriers 129
Fixed tap-off units for Canalis KGF range,
for circuit breaker NS630b, NS800, NS1000 130
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means of Canalis KT 131
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means of Canalis KT with a T-piece tap-off unit 132
Mid KT line power supply with KH tap-off units installed 133
Design guide 135
Recommandations 235
65
66
Catalogue numbers and Catalogue-number coding
dimensions
Canalis KTC
Catalogue-number composition
bb One letter designating the material.
Type Code
KT p p p p p p p p pp
Copper C
Non conducting B
bb Four digits indicationg
bb Two letters identifying the type of component. the rating of the trunking.
Type Code
Cable box BC
Bolted tap-off unit CB
Edgewise and flat zed CP
Rigid protective cover CR
Flexible protective cover CS
Expansion unit DB bb One digit indicating the trunking
Distribution length for bolt-on tap-off units EB polarity
Distribution length for plug-in tap-off units ED Polarity PE protective Short circuit Code
Distribution length for KH plug-in tap-off units EH conductor (1) level (1)
Feed unit for dry-type transformers EL 3L + PE Standard Standard 3
Feed unit ER
3L + N + PE Standard Standard 4
Feeder length ET
End cover FA 3L + N + PER Reinforced Standard 5
Bolted tap-off unit for fuses HF 3L + N + PER Reinforced Reinforced 7
Connection KH/KT HT (1) For further information, see page 136 "Characteristics".
Edgewise elbow LC
Flat elbow LP
bb Variable number of alphanumeric
Tap-off unit with protective device PL
characters indicating characteristics
Tap-off unit with isolator SL/RL
specific to the component.
Edgewise tee TC
See the section dealing with the given
Neutral crossover TN component.
Phase crossover TP
Sealing kit TT
Connection device YA
Connection torque nut kit YB
Flexible bar YC
Bracket YE
Insulating sheath YF
Bar supports YS
Braids YT
Supports and fixing devices ZA
Edgewise zed ZC
Flat zed ZP
Trunking cross section

Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Number of bar jointing bolts 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 4
Bar cross-section (mm) 70 x 6 100 x 6 120 x 6 160 x 6 200 x 6 2 x (120 x 6) 2 x (160 x 6) 2 x (200 x 6)
Trunking height H (mm)
DD202180
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
Holes for connections (mm)

DD202182
DD202181
Y 230 230 230 350 350 350 510 510
67
Catalogue numbers and Run components
dimensions IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Complete the catalogue number by replacing "pppp" by the rating.
Important:
bb add the dimensions of the selected component as a technical comment
Example: the catalogue number of an 1000 A feeder length, 3L + N + PE,

2450 mm long, is:
KTC1000ET42C, L = 2450
Rating
Straight feeder lengths

DD210794
Type Length "L" Cat. no.

(mm) 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1)
2000 KTCppppET320 KTCppppET420 KTCppppET520
Fixed
4000 KTCppppET340 KTCppppET440 KTCppppET540
Made to 500 to 1500 KTCppppET31A KTCppppET41A KTCppppET51A
measure 1501 to 1999 KTCppppET32B KTCppppET42B KTCppppET52B
2001 to 2500 KTCppppET32C KTCppppET42C KTCppppET52C
2501 to 3000 KTCppppET33D KTCppppET43D KTCppppET53D
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppET5pp by
KTCppppETppp KTCppppET7pp.
KTCppppETppp
DD210795
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table opposite.
Straight lengths for KS plug-in tap-off units

Number of Cat. no.
DD210798
Type Length
"L" (mm) tap-offs 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1)
Fixed 2000 3 KTCppppED320 KTCppppED420 KTCppppED520
4000 3 KTCppppED340 KTCppppED440 KTCppppED540
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppED5pp by
KTCppppED7pp.
KTCppppEDp20
DD210800
KTCppppEDp20 KTCppppEDp40
16
DD402701
KTCppppEDp40
68
Straight lengths for bolted tap-off units
DD210766
Type Length Number of Cat. no.

"L" (mm) tap-offs 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1)
Fixed 2000 1 KTCppppEB320 KTCppppEB420 KTCppppEB520
4000 2 KTCppppEB340 KTCppppEB440 KTCppppEB540
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppEB5pp by
KTCppppEB7pp.
KTCppppEBp20
DD210803
KTCppppEBp20
DD210801
KTCppppEBp40
DD210802
KTCppppEBp40
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table below.
Trunking cross-section
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Weight (kg / m) 3L + PE 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
3L + N + PE 23 31 35 45 55 64 84 104
3L + N + PER 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
69
Catalogue numbers and Run components
dimensions IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Complete the catalogue number by replacing the "pppp" with the rating.
Example: a transport section 1000 A, length 4 m.

Catalogue number for 3L + N + PE: KTC1000EH440.
Straight sections with KH withdrawable tap-off units

Type Length Number of Cat. no.
"L" (mm) tap-off 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (2)
units
Fixed 2000 2 KTCppppEH320 KTCppppEH420 KTCppppEH520
4000 3 KTCppppEH340 KTCppppEH440 KTCppppEH540
(2) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppEH5pp by
KTCppppEH7pp.
KTCppppEHp20
DB402102
DB402025
KTCppppEHp20
KTCppppEHp40
DB406461
DB402127
KTCppppEHp40
70
Additional run components
IP55
Ordering
Important:
bb add the dimensions of the selected component as a technical comment.
Example: the catalogue number of a 1350 A straght expansion unit, 3L + PE, 1000
mm long, is:
KTC1350DB310
Rating
Straight expansion unit

DD210805

(mm) 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER(1)
Fixed 1000 KTCppppDB310 KTCppppDB410 KTCppppDB510
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppDB510 by
KTCppppDB710.
KTCppppDBp10
DD210806
KTCppppDBp10
Neutral crossover length

DD210807

(mm) 3L + N + PE
Fixed 1000 KTCppppTN410
KTCppppTNp10
DD210808
KTCppppTNp10
Phase crossover length

Cat. no.
DD210809
Type Length "L"

(mm) 3L + N + PE
Fixed 1000 KTCppppTP410
KTCppppTPp10
DD210810
KTCppppTPp10
71
Catalogue numbers and Additional run components
dimensions IP55
Canalis KTC
Additional jointing units
Type Cat. no.

DD210811
3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER
Jointing unit KTCppppYA3 KTCppppYA4 KTCppppYA4
KTCppppYAp
DD210812
KTCppppYAp
DD210868
End covers
Type Rating of the Height H of the Cat. no.
DD210813
trunking (A) trunking (mm)

End cover 1000 74 KTB0074FA
1350 104 KTB0104FA
1600 124 KTB0124FA
2000 164 KTB0164FA
2500 204 KTB0204FA
3200 244 KTB0244FA
4000 324 KTB0324FA
5000 404 KTB0404FA
KTB0pppFA
KTB0pppFA
DD210814n
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Weight (kg / m) 3L + PE 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
3L + N + PE 23 31 35 45 55 64 84 104
3L + N + PER 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
72
Elbow components for changing
direction
IP55
Ordering
Important:
Example: the catalogue number of a 2000 A flat elbow, N1, 3L + N + PE with
dimensions A = 300 mm and B = 650 mm is:
KTC2000LP4B1, A = 300, B = 650.
Rating
Flat elbows
Type Position of Cat. no.
DD210815
neutral 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1)

Fixed N1 KTCppppLP3A1 KTCppppLP4A1 KTCppppLP5A1
N2 KTCppppLP3A2 KTCppppLP4A2 KTCppppLP5A2
Made to N1 KTCppppLP3B1 KTCppppLP4B1 KTCppppLP5B1
measure N2 KTCppppLP3B2 KTCppppLP4B2 KTCppppLP5B2
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppLP5pp by
KTCppppLP7pp.
KTCppppLPppp
DD210822
KTCppppLPpp1
DD210816

Dimensions
Type Rating (A) Dimensions (mm)
A B
KTCppppLPpp2 Fixed All 300 300
Made to All 300 301 to 799
measure (2) 301 to 799 300
(2) Only one llmb may be made to measure.
Flat elbows with made to measure angles

DD210821

Made to N1 KTCppppLP3C1 KTCppppLP4C1 KTCppppLP5C1
measure angle N2 KTCppppLP3C2 KTCppppLP4C2 KTCppppLP5C2
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppLP5Cp by
KTCppppLP7Cp.
KTCppppLPpCp
DD210824
KTCppppLPpC1
DD210823

Dimensions
A B W
Made to measure All 300 300 91° to 179°
KTCppppLPpC2
73
Catalogue numbers and Elbow components for changing
dimensions
direction
IP55
Canalis KTC
Edgewise elbows
DD210825
Type Cat. no.

3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1)
Fixed KTCppppLC3A KTCppppLC4A KTCppppLC5A
Made to measure KTCppppLC3B KTCppppLC4B KTCppppLC5B
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppLC5p by
KTCppppLC7p.
KTCppppLCpp
DD210826
KTCppppLCpp
Dimensions
A B
Fixed 1000 275 275
1350 290 290
1600 300 300
2000 320 320
2500 340 340
3200 360 360
4000 400 400
5000 440 440
Made to 1000 276 to 774 275
measure (2) 275 276 to 774
1350 291 to 789 290
290 291 to 789
1600 301 to 799 300
300 301 to 799
2000 321 to 819 320
320 321 to 819
2500 341 to 839 340
340 341 to 839
3200 361 to 859 360
360 361 to 859
4000 401 to 899 400
400 401 to 899
5000 441 to 939 440
440 441 to 939
(2) Only one llmb may be made to measure.
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Weight (kg / m) 3L + PE 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
3L + N + PE 23 31 35 45 55 64 84 104
3L + N + PER 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
74
Edgewise tee
DD210819
Type Cat. no.

3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1)
Fixed KTCppppTC3 KTCppppTC4 KTCppppTC5
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppTC5 by
KTCppppTC7.
KTCppppTCp
DD210820
KTCppppTCp
Dimensions
A B C
Fixed 1000 275 275 275
1350 290 290 290
1600 300 300 300
2000 320 320 320
2500 340 340 340
3200 360 360 360
4000 400 400 400
5000 440 440 440
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Weight (kg / m) 3L + PE 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
3L + N + PE 23 31 35 45 55 64 84 104
3L + N + PER 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
75
Catalogue numbers and Zed components for changing
dimensions
direction
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Important:
Example: the catalogue number of a 1600 A edgewise zed unit, N2, 3L + N + PE
with dimensions A = 300 mm, B = 450 mm, C = 300 mm is:
KTC1600ZC42, A = 300, B = 450, C = 300.
Rating
Flat zed units
DD202183
Type Cat. no.

3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1)
Made to measure KTCppppZP3 KTCppppZP4 KTCppppZP5
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppZP5 by
KTCppppZP7.
KTCppppZPp
DD202184
KTCppppZPp

Dimensions
Rating (A) Dimensions (mm)
A B C
All 300 130 to 599 300
Edgewise zed units

DD202185

Made to N1 KTCppppZC31 KTCppppZC41 KTCppppZC51
measure N2 KTCppppZC32 KTCppppZC42 KTCppppZC52
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppZC5p by
KTCppppZC7p.
KTCppppZCpp
DD202186
KTCppppZCp1
DD210827

Dimensions
A B C
KTCppppZCp2 1000 275 90 to 549 275
1350 290 90 to 579 290
1600 300 90 to 599 300
2000 320 90 to 639 320
2500 340 90 to 679 340
3200 360 90 to 719 360
4000 400 90 to 799 400
5000 440 90 to 879 440
76
Edgewise and flat zed units
DD202187

Made to N1 KTCppppCP31 KTCppppCP41 KTCppppCP51
measure N2 KTCppppCP32 KTCppppCP42 KTCppppCP52
N3 KTCppppCP33 KTCppppCP43 KTCppppCP53
N4 KTCppppCP34 KTCppppCP44 KTCppppCP54
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppCP5p by
KTCppppCP7p.
KTCppppCPp1 and KTCppppCPp2
KTCppppCPp1
DD202188
DD210828
KTCppppCPp2
DD210829
KTCppppCPp3 and
KTCppppCPp4
DD202367
KTCppppCPp3
DD210830
Dimensions
Rating (A) Dimensions (mm) (1) See the "Trunking cross-
KTCppppCPp4 section" table below.
A B C
1000 300 195 to 574 275
1350 300 210 to 589 290
1600 300 220 to 599 300
2000 300 240 to 619 320
2500 300 260 to 639 340
3200 300 280 to 659 360
4000 300 320 to 699 400
5000 300 360 to 739 440
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Weight (kg / m) 3L + PE 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
3L + N + PE 23 31 35 45 55 64 84 104
3L + N + PER 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
77
Catalogue numbers Canalis interfaces for Prisma
Plus LV switchboard
Canalis KTC
Interfaces for Masterpact NW circuit breakers

DD202304
Circuit Type of Canalis No. of poles Connection Cat. no.

breaker circuit polarity of circuit Top Rear
breaker breaker direct
NW08 / 16 Fixed or 3L + PE 3P b b 04715
drawout 3L + N + PE 4P b b 04716
3L + N + PER 4P b b 04716 + KTB0164PE1
NW20 / 25 Fixed or 3L + PE 3P b b 04725
3L + N + PER 4P b b 04726 + KTB0244PE1
NW32 Fixed or 3L + PE 3P b b 04735
Top direct connection 3L + N + PER 4P b b 04736 + KTB0404PE1
NW40 Fixed or 3L + PE 3P b 04737
drawout 3L + N + PE 4P b 04738
DD202305
3L + N + PER 4P b 04738 + KTB0404PE1
For the position in the switchboard, see the "Installation guide".
Number of modules required in the switchboard

Circuit breaker Connection Type of circuit Number of vertical
breaker modules (1)
NW08 / 16 Top direct Fixed or drawout 27
Rear Fixed 16
Drawout 17
NW20 / 32 Top direct Fixed or drawout 28
Rear Fixed 16
Rear connection Drawout 17
NW40 Rear Fixed or drawout 36
(1) 1 module = 50 mm.
Interfaces for Masterpact NT and Compact NS circuit breakers

DD202306
Masterpact NT
NT06 / 12 Fixed or 3L + PE 3P b b 04703
3L + N + PER 4P b b 04704 + KTB0164PE1
NT16 Fixed or 3L + PE 3P b 04703
3L + N + PER 4P b 04704 + KTB0164PE1
Top direct connection Compact NS
DD202307

NS630b / Fixed or 3L + PE 3P b b 04703
1250 drawout 3L + N + PE 4P b b 04704
3L + N + PER 4P b b 04704 + KTB0164PE1
NS1600 Fixed or 3L + PE 3P b 04703
3L + N + PER 4P b 04704 + KTB0164PE1
Number of modules required in the switchboard

Rear connection Circuit breaker Connection Type of circuit Number of vertical
breaker modules (1)
NT06 / 12 Top direct Fixed 17
NS630b / 1250 Drawout 18
Rear Fixed or drawout 16
NT16 Rear Fixed or drawout 16
NS1600
(1) 1 module = 50 mm.
78
Interface supports and protection covers
DD202308
Masterpact NW
Circuit Type of circuit Connection Supports Terminal Cover
breaker breaker extension
bar supports
NW08 / 32 Fixed or Top direct 03561 3 x 04694 04871 + 04861
drawout Rear 03561 2 x 04694 04871 + 04863
03561
NW40 Fixed or Top direct 03561 - 04871 + 04861
drawout Rear 03561 - 04871 + 04863
DD202309
Masterpact NT
Circuit Type of Canalis Connection Supports Canalis / Cover
breaker circuit polarity circuit
breaker breaker
connection
04711 NT06 / 12 Fixed or 3P Top direct 03561 04712 04871 + 04852
04712 drawout
04713 Rear 03561 04713 04871 + 04853
04714 4P Top direct 03561 04712 04871 + 04852
Rear 03561 04714 04871 + 04853
NT16 Fixed or 3P Rear 03561 04713 04871 + 04854
drawout 4P Rear 03561 04714 04871 + 04854
Compact NS
Circuit Type of Canalis Connection Supports Canalis / Cover
breaker circuit polarity circuit
breaker breaker
connection
NS630b / Fixed 3P Top direct 03561 04712 04871 + 04851
1250 Rear 03561 04713 04871 + 04853
4P Top direct 03561 04712 04871 + 04851
Rear 03561 04714 04871 + 04853
Drawout 3P Top direct 03561 04711 04871 + 04852
Rear 03561 04713 04871 + 04854
4P Top direct 03561 04712 04871 + 04852
Rear 03561 04714 04871 + 04854
NS1600 Fixed 3P Rear 03561 04713 04871 + 04853
4P Rear 03561 04714 04871 + 04853
Drawout 3P Rear 03561 04713 04871 + 04854
4P Rear 03561 04714 04871 + 04854
Arc-chute covers
Circuit breaker Type of circuit breaker Canalis polarity Cat. no.
Masterpact NT Fixed 3P 47335
4P 47336
Compact NS Fixed 3P 33596
4P 33597
79
Catalogue numbers Canalis interfaces for Okken
LV switchboard
Canalis KTC
Interfaces for Masterpact NW circuit breakers

Fitting the interface does not change switchboard modularity as fixed by the devices.
DD202310

NW08 / 16 Drawout 3L + PE 3P b 87811
b 87821
3L + N + PE 4P b 87812
b 87822
3L + N + PER 4P b 87812 + KTB0164PE1
b 87822 + KTB0164PE1
NW20 / 25 Drawout 3L + PE 3P b 87813
Top direct connection (RDH) b 87823
3L + N + PE 4P b 87814
DD202311
b 87824
3L + N + PER 4P b 87814 + KTB0244PE1
b 87824 + KTB0244PE1
NW32 Drawout 3L + PE 3P b 87815
b 87825
3L + N + PE 4P b 87816
b 87826
3L + N + PER 4P b 87816 + KTB0404PE1
b 87826 + KTB0404PE1
NW40 Drawout 3L + PE 3P b 87817
b 87827
3L + N + PE 4P b 87818
Rear connection (RAR)
b 87828
3L + N + PER 4P b 87818 + KTB0404PE1
b 87828 + KTB0404PE1
Interfaces forMasterpact NT circuit breakers

Fitting the interface does not change switchboard modularity as fixed by the devices.
DD202312
DD202313

NT08 / 16 Drawout 3L + PE 3P b 87811
b 87821
3L + N + PE 4P b 87812
b 87822
3L + N + PER 4P b 87812 + KTB0164PE1
b 87822 + KTB0164PE1
Top direct connection Rear connection
(RDH) (RAR)
Interface supports
Circuit breaker Type of circuit breaker Connection Cat. no.
NW08 / 40 Drawout Top direct 87800
NT08 / 16
NW08 / 32 (1) Drawout Rear 87801
NT08 / 16
(1) For rear connection of the interface to a Masterpact NW40 circuit breaker, the supports are
supplied with the interface.
Designation Cat. no.

Special tightening wrench bit 87808
bb For 2 superimposed 120x10 bars.

bb This tool is essential to tighten the conversion modules on the junction block’s spreaders.
It is fitted on a torque wrench.
80
Sealing kits
IP55
Sealing kits for switchboard and Trihal transformer roofs with interface
Type Rating of the Height H of the Cat. no.

DD202314
trunking (A) trunking (mm)

Sealing kit 1000 74 KTB0074TT01
1350 104 KTB0104TT01
1600 124 KTB0124TT01
2000 164 KTB0164TT01
2500 204 KTB0204TT01
3200 244 KTB0244TT01
4000 324 KTB0324TT01
5000 404 KTB0404TT01
KTB0ppppTT01
Reinforced protective earth (PER) for Prisma Plus and Okken interfaces
Height "H" (mm) Number of holes Cat.no.
DD230215
160 2 KTB0164PE1
240 3 KTB0244PE1
400 4 KTB0404PE1
KTB0pppPE1
DD230216
Thickness: 3mm.
KTB0pppPE1
81
Catalogue numbers and Feed units for switchboards and
dimensions
oil immersed transformers
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Complete the catalogue number by replacing pppp" by the rating.
Important:
bb add the dimensions of the selected unit as a technical comment.
Example: the catalogue number of a 1250 A made to measure end feed unit, N2,
3L + N + PE, 235 mm long and with between centres J, K and M = 170 mm, is:
KTC1350ER42, A = 235, J = 170, K = 170 and M = 170.
Rating
Straight feed units

DD210831

Fixed N1 KTCppppER31 KTCppppER41 KTCppppER51
Made to measure N2 KTCppppER32 KTCppppER42 KTCppppER52
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppER5p by
KTCppppER7p.
KTCppppERp1, KTCppppERp2
3L + N + PE ou PER
DD210832
KTCppppERp1
KTCppppERp2
3L + PE
DD230218
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table in the

following page.
(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables
with crimped lugs.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A) Neutral Dimensions (mm)
A J, K, M Y
1000 to 1600 N1 235 115 230
N2 235 to 734 80 to 250 230
2000 to 3200 N1 235 115 350
N2 235 to 734 80 to 250 350
4000 and 5000 N1 235 115 510
N2 235 to 734 80 to 250 510
Dimensions of connection pads

Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Drilling for connection (mm)
DD202182
Thickness of conductor = 6 mm.
82
Flat elbow feed units
DD210833

N4 KTCppppER34 KTCppppER44 KTCppppER54
KTCppppER7p.
KTCppppERp3(3), 3L + N + PE or PER KTCppppERp4 , 3L + N + PE or PER
(3)
DD210835
KTCppppERp3
DD210834
KTCppppERp4 (1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table below.

(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables with crimped lugs.
(3) 3L + PE version, see page 82.
Tableau of dimensions
A B J, K, M Y
1000 to 1600 N3, N4 200 to 534 300 80 to 250 230
2000 to 3200 N3, N4 200 to 534 300 80 to 250 350
4000 and 5000 N3, N4 200 to 534 300 80 to 250 510
Cut-out drawing for feed units placed directly on the device roof
DD210836
Table of dimensions
Y U V
1000 to 1600 230 K / 2 + J + 80 K / 2 + M + 80
2000 to 3200 350 K / 2 + J + 80 K / 2 + M + 80
4000 and 5000 510 K / 2 + J + 80 K / 2 + M + 80
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J to calculate the Y quotation.
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Weight (kg / m) 3L + PE 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
3L + N + PE 23 31 35 45 55 64 84 104
3L + N + PER 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
83
Catalogue numbers and Feed units for switchboards and
dimensions
oil immersed transformers
IP55
Canalis KTC
Edgewise elbow feed units

DD210837

N6 KTCppppER36 KTCppppER46 KTCppppER56
KTCppppER7p.
KTCppppERp5 (3), 3L + N + PE ou PER KTCppppERp6 (3), 3L + N + PE ou PER
DD210839
KTCppppERp5
DD210838

(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables with crimped lugs.
(3) 3L + PE version, see page 82.
Table of dimensions
KTCppppERp6
A B J, K, M Y
1000 N5, N6 175 to 509 275 80 to 250 230
1350 N5, N6 190 to 524 290 80 to 250 230
1600 N5, N6 200 to 534 300 80 to 250 230
2000 N5, N6 220 to 554 320 80 to 250 350
2500 N5, N6 240 to 574 340 80 to 250 350
3200 N5, N6 260 to 594 360 80 to 250 350
4000 N5, N6 300 to 634 400 80 to 250 510
5000 N5, N6 340 to 674 440 80 to 250 510
Cut-out drawing for feed units placed directly on the device

DD210836
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J

to calculate the Y quotation.
Table of dimensions
Y U V
1000 to 1600 230 K / 2 + J + 80 K / 2 + M + 80
2000 to 3200 350 K / 2 + J + 80 K / 2 + M + 80
4000 and 5000 510 K / 2 + J + 80 K / 2 + M + 80
Dimensions of connection pads

Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Drilling for connection (mm)
DD202182
Thickness of conductor = 6 mm.
84
Bar feed units, flat outlets
Type Cat. no.
DD202315
3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1)
Made to measure KTCppppER37 KTCppppER47 KTCppppER57
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppER57 by
KTCppppER77.
Connection pad dimensions are identical to those of the feed units.
KTCppppERp7
3L + N + PE ou PER
DD202316
KTCppppERp7
3L + PE
DB402690

Table of dimensions
A P-Q S - R ou R - S Q, R, S minimum Y
1000 to 1600 235 to 734 160 to 600 160 to 600 80 230
2000 to 3200 235 to 734 160 to 600 160 to 600 80 350
4000 and 5000 235 to 734 160 to 600 160 to 600 80 510
Cut-out drawing for straight feed units connected directly to the device
DD202317
For the 3L + PE version,

consider S = 0 to calculate
the V quotation.
Table of dimensions
Y U V
1000 to 1600 230
if S > R, V = S + 80
2000 to 3200 350 U = P + 80
if R > S, V = R + 80
4000 and 5000 510
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Weight (kg / m) 3L + PE 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
3L + N + PE 23 31 35 45 55 64 84 104
3L + N + PER 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
85
Catalogue numbers and Rigid protective covers
dimensions IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
To order a protective cover onto which a feed connector is fitted, the parameters D,
G and Z, which depend on the feed connector, must be given.
Example: the catalogue number of a rigid vertical protective cover with dimension
Y = 350 mm intended for a feed unit with different between centre dimensions D, G
and Z (in mm) is:
KTB0350CR2, D = 330, G = 450 and Z = 500.
Rigid horizontal protective covers for feed units ER N1 to N7

Important : when ordering a horizontal cover, make sure you indicate dimensions "D, G and Z"
with the catalogue number.
DD202325
Rating (A) Dimensions "Y" (mm) Cat. no. Weight (kg)

1000 to 1600 230 KTB0230CR1 12.00
2000 to 3200 350 KTB0350CR1 12.00
4000 and 5000 510 KTB0510CR1 12.00
KTBppppCR1
DD202326
KTBppppCR1
Protective cover for ER N1 to N6 straight end feed connectors

Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (J, K and M) of the
end feed connector bars to be protected.
The position of the neutral on the feed connector also determines the rule to be used for
calculating parameters D and G.
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the right:
D = K / 2 + M + 100
G = K / 2 + J + 100
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the left:
D = K / 2 + J + 100
G = K / 2 + M + 100
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J to calculate the D and G quotations.
Table of dimensions
Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 310 to 800
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 430 to 800
4000 and 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 590 to 800
Protective cover for ER N7 straight end feed connectors

Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (P, Q, R and S) of the
end feed connector bars to be protected.
Position of the neutral on the feed connector also determines the rule to be used for calculating
parameters D and G.
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the right:
D = max(R ; S) + 100
G = max(P ; Q) + 100
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the left:
D = max(P ; Q) + 100
G = max(R ; S)+ 100
For the 3L + PE version, consider S = 0 to calculate the D and G quotations.
Table of dimensions
Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 340 to 1000 340 to 1000 310 to 800
2000 to 3200 350 340 to 1000 340 to 1000 430 to 800
4000 and 5000 510 340 to 1000 340 to 1000 590 to 800
86
Rigid vertical protective covers for feed units ER N1 to N7
Important: when ordering a vertical cover, make sure you indicate dimensions «D, G and Z»
with the catalogue number.
400 to 800 mm high covers

DD202321

1000 to 1600 230 KTB0230CR2 40.00
2000 to 3200 350 KTB0350CR2 40.00
4000 and 5000 510 KTB0510CR2 40.00
KTBppppCR2
DD202322
KTBppppCR2
Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (J, K and M) of
the end feed connector bars to be protected.
D = K / 2 + J + 100
G = K / 2 + M + 100
Table of dimensions for ER N1 to N6 straight feed units

Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
4000 and 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
DD202323
100 to 400 mm high covers

1000 to 1600 230 KTB0230CR3 17.00
2000 to 3200 350 KTB0350CR3 17.00
4000 and 5000 510 KTB0510CR3 17.00
KTBppppCR3
DD202324
KTBppppCR3
Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions of the end feed
connector bars to be protected.
Table of dimensions for ER N1 to N6 straight feed units

Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 100 to 400
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 100 to 400
4000 and 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 100 to 400
D = K / 2 + J + 100
G = K / 2 + M + 100
Table of dimensions for ER N7 straight feed units

Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 100 to 400
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 100 to 400
4000 and 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 100 to 400
D = max (P ; Q) + 100
G = max (R ; S) + 100
For the 3L + PE version, consider S = 0 to calculate the D and G quotations.
87
Catalogue numbers and Adjustable protective covers for
dimensions oil immersed transformers
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
There is no need to add technical comments to the catalogue number ordered.
Adjustable protective covers for horizontal incomers
Height adjustable cover for the fitting of a feed unit with between centre dimensions of
150 or 170 mm depending on the rating.
DD202871

Rating (A) Between centres Dimensions "Y" Cat. no. Weight (kg)
"J, K and M" (mm) (mm)
1000 and 1350 150 230 KTB0230CR7 30.00
1600 150 230 KTB0230CR72 30.00
2000 and 2500 170 350 KTB0350CR7 36.00
3200 170 350 KTB0350CR72 36.00
4000 and 5000 170 510 KTB0510CR7 42.00
KTBppppCR7
DD210872n
KTBppppCR7
Table of dimensions
Y Z X A B E F G
1000 and 1350 230 565 450 830 750 330 125 365
1600 230 565 450 830 750 330 125 365
2000 and 2500 350 825 650 890 810 350 265 485
3200 350 825 650 890 810 350 265 485
4000 and 5000 510 905 650 960 880 460 185 645
Adjustable protective covers for vertical incomers

Height adjustable cover for the fitting of a feed unit with between centre dimensions of
DD202869
150 or 170 mm depending on the rating.

Rating (A) Between centres Dimensions "Y" Cat. no. Weight (kg)
"J, K and M" (mm) (mm)
1000 and 1350 150 230 KTB0230CR8 30.00
1600 150 230 KTB0230CR82 30.00
2000 and 2500 170 350 KTB0350CR8 36.00
3200 170 350 KTB0350CR82 36.00
4000 and 5000 170 510 KTB0510CR8 42.00
KTBppppCR8
DD210870n
KTBppppCR8
Table of dimensions
Y Z A B C E
1000 and 1350 230 600 830 750 345 330
1600 230 600 830 750 345 330
2000 and 2500 350 600 890 810 460 350
3200 350 600 890 810 460 350
4000 and 5000 510 600 960 880 625 460
88
Flexible protective covers
Cable boxes
IP55
Flexible vertical protective covers for straight feed units

DD202318
Covers for ER N1 to N7 straight feed units with between centre dimensions = 115 mm.

1000 to 1600 230 KTB0230CS0 15.00
2000 to 3200 350 KTB0350CS0 17.00
4000 and 5000 510 KTB0510CS0 19.00
It is recommended to use insulating sheaths KTB0000YF1 with connection braids
KTB0000YT1.
KTBppppCS0
Table of dimensions
DD202319
KTBppppCS0 Y C
1000 to 1600 230 200 to 650
2000 to 3200 350 200 to 650
4000 and 5000 510 200 to 650
Cut-out drawing for fixing the flexible vertical protective cover

DD202320
Cable boxes
DD202327

1000 to 1600 230 KTB0230BC01 15.00
2000 to 3200 350 KTB0350BC01 17.00
4000 and 5000 510 KTB0510BC01 19.00
Cable boxes are only to be used on ER N1 to N6 straight feed units with standard between
centre distances = 115 mm.
KTBppppBC01
DD202328
KTBppppBC01
Cable entry.
Aluminium plate to be drilled.
Table of dimensions
Y
1000 to 1600 230
2000 to 3200 350
4000 and 5000 510
See table page 82 for connection pad dimensions.
89
Catalogue numbers and Feed units for dry-type
dimensions
transformers
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Important:
bb add the dimensions of the selected unit as a technical comment.
Example: the catalogue number of a 3200 A end feed unit, N2, 3L + N + PER, with
a between centre distance E = 550 mm, length N = 310 mm and phase order
T = 3N21 is:
KTC3200EL52, E = 550 mm, N = 310 mm and T = 3.
Rating
N1 and N2 feed units for dry-type transformers

DD202329

Made to measure N1 KTCppppEL31 KTCppppEL41 KTCppppEL51
N2 KTCppppEL32 KTCppppEL42 KTCppppEL52
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppEL5p by
KTCppppEL7p.
For an installation with flat mounted busbar trunking, add angle brackets between the
transformer and the feed unit, see page 93.
For fixing supports, see KTBppppZA4 page 100.
KTCppppELp1, KTCppppELp2
DD210330n
KTCppppELp1
DD202331
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table in the following page.

Table of dimensions
KTCppppELp2
E N X
1000 to 1600 N1, N2 390 to 700 195 to E - 195 160
2000 to 5000 N1, N2 470 to 700 235 to E - 235 200
Selecting phase order T

Top views
KTCppppELp1 KTCppppELp2 KTCppppELp1 KTCppppELp2
DD230220
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
-1/2
-1/2
-1/2
-1/2 -1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE L1 L2 L3 N PE
Views according to F
DD230219
90
N3 and N4 feed units for dry-type transformers
DD202333

N4 KTCppppEL34 KTCppppEL44 KTCppppEL54
KTCppppEL7p.
For fixing supports, see KTBppppZA4 page 100.
KTCppppELp3, KTCppppELp4
DD210335n
KTCppppELp3
DD202334

Table of dimensions
Rating Neutral Dimensions (mm)
(A) E N F X
1000 to 1600 N3, N4 390 to 700 195 to E - 195 0 to 200 160
KTCppppELp4 2000 to 5000 N3, N4 470 to 700 235 to E - 235 0 to 200 200
Selecting phase order T

Top views
KTCppppELp3 KTCppppELp4 KTCppppELp3 KTCppppELp4
DD230222
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
-1/2
-1/2
-1/2
-1/2 -1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD230221
Views according to F
See .
91
Catalogue numbers and Feed units for dry-type
dimensions
transformers
IP55
Canalis KTC
N5 feed units for dry-type transformers

DD202337

KTCppppEL7p.
KTCppppELp5 with a phase order T = 2
DB402688
KTCppppELp5
KTCppppELp5 with a phase order T = 3

DB402689
Table of dimensions
DD210873n
Rating Neutral Dimensions (mm)

(A) Y E N X
1000 to 1600 N1, N2 230 390 to 700 195 to E - 195 160
2000 to 3200 N1, N2 350 470 to 700 235 to E - 235 200
4000 and 5000 N1, N2 510 470 to 700 235 to E - 235 200
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table .

Important : the above designs and markings correspond to a phase order of N321, joint block
side. If the phase order on the joint block side is N123, inverse markings L1 and L3 on the
transformer side.
92
Angle brackets for installing N1 to N5 feed units flat
DD202340
Description Rating (A) Phase width "X" (mm) Cat. no.

4 angle brackets 1000 to 1600 160 KTB0000YE1
+ screws 2000 to 5000 200 KTB0000YE2
KTB0000YE1, KTB0000YE2
DD210341n
KTB0000YE1, KTB0000YE2
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Weight (kg / m) 3L + PE 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
3L + N + PE 23 31 35 45 55 64 84 104
3L + N + PER 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
(1) Important: for the 800 A rating, indicate "KTC0800".
93
Catalogue numbers and Protective covers for dry-type
dimensions
transformers
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
There is no need to add technical comments to the catalogue number ordered.
Adjustable vertical protective covers for EL, N1 to N4 feed units, edgewise mounting
Type Position of neutral Cat. no. Weight (kg)

DD202342
Vertical cover N1, N2, N3 and N4 KTB0000CR4 24.00
KTB0000CR4
DD202344
KTB0000CR4
Table of dimensions
Z
Minimum Maximum
1000 to 1600 200 350
2000 to 3200 200 350
4000 and 5000 200 350
Adjustable horizontal protective covers for EL, N1 to N4 feed units, flat mounting
Type Position of neutral Cat. no. Weight (kg)
DD202343
Horizontal cover N1, N2, N3 and N4 KTB0000CR5 32.00
KTB0000CR5
DD202345
KTB0000CR5
Table of dimensions
Z
Minimum Maximum
1000 to 1600 330 480
2000 to 3200 330 480
4000 and 5000 330 480
94
Horizontal protective covers for dry-type transformer N5 feed units
DD202346
Type Position of neutral Dimension "Y" Cat. no. Weight (kg)

(mm)
Horizontal covers N5 230 KTB0230CR6 38.00
350 KTB0350CR6 40.00
510 KTB0510CR6 47.00
KTBppppCR6
DD202347
KTBppppCR6
Table of dimensions
Y Z
Minimum Maximum
1000 to 1600 230 380 530
2000 to 3200 350 500 650
4000 and 5000 510 660 810
Cut-out drawing for dry-type transformer feed units

DD230224
95
Catalogue numbers and Connection accessories
dimensions
Canalis KTC
Connection plates
DD202348
Type Options Number of ends drilled Cat. no. Weight (kg)

Uninsulated - 1 KTB0000YC1 2.70
2 KTB0000YC2 2.70
with onde 1 KTB0000YC3 2.30
2 KTB0000YC4 2.30
Insulated - 1 KTB0000YC5 4.50
Each connector plate is made up 5 x 1 mm thick sheets.
Connector plates for low voltage Connector plates for transformers

switchboards
DD202350
KTB0000YC1 KTB0000YC2 KTB0000YC3 KTB0000YC4
DD202351
DD202352
DD202353
KTB0000YC5
DD202354
Determining the number of connection plates required

Busbar trunking rating Connection plates per phase
(A) Number Section (mm2)
1350 2 1000
1600 2 1000
2000 3 1500
2500 3 1500
3200 4 2000
4000 5 2500
5000 6 3000
Connection
DD210786
DD210787
DD210788
DD210789
DD206057
plates
1 1
Busbar trunking 1350 to 2000 to 3200 4000 5000

rating (A) 1600 2500
96
Connection braids
DD202355
Description Cat. no. Weight (kg)

Connection braid KTB0000YT1 2.80
KTB0000YT1
DD202356
KTB0000YT1
Determining the number of braids required

Busbar trunking rating (A) Braids per phase
Number Cross-section (mm)
1350 2 1200
1600 2 1200
2000 2 1200
2500 3 1800
3200 3 1800
4000 4 2400
5000 5 3000
Braids
DD210770
DD210773
DD202376
DD206056
Busbar 1350 to 2000 2500 to 3200 4000 5000
trunking rating
(A)
Insulating sheaths
The YF conduit allows the various conductors of a connection performed with
DD230229
braids or with bare copper foils to be insulated.

Installation is performed after complete assembly of the connection, with scratch
fastening for easier setup.
The insulating conduit is formed of a 2-metre plastic duct that can be cut to length
as needed.

Insulating sheath KTB0000YF1 1.00
KTB0000YF1
DD202479
180
KTB0000YF1
2000
97
Catalogue numbers and Connection accessories
dimensions
Canalis KTC
Spacers
DD202363
Description Cat. no. Weight

(kg)
Connection torque nut kit 1 torque nut + 2 flat washers KTB0000YB1 -
(Ø 60) + 1 elastic washer
(Ø 55)
Spacers for direct 8 x 3 mm galvanized steel KTB0000YB2 5.50
connection spacers + 8 x 2 mm copper
spacers + 16 x M12 x 60 bolts
+ washers and nuts
Spacer plates for connector 8 x 3 mm galvanized steel KTB0000YB3 4.00
plate connections plates + 16 x M12 x 60 bolts +
washers and nuts
8 x 3 mm galvanized steel KTB0000YB4 4.00
plates + 16 x M12 X 80 bolts +
washers and nuts
Copper spacer Galvanized steel spacer plates

DD202365
DD202366
KTB0000YB2
DD230233
KTB0000YB3
DD202364
KTB0000YB4
98
Bar supports
DD202359

Bar support, 115 mm between centres KTB0000YS1 2.40
for bar of 5 or 10 mm
KTB0000YS1
DD202360
KTB0000YS1
Bar clamps
DD202361
Description Dimensions of transformer Cat. no. Weight (kg)

connection terminals (mm)
1 bar clamps 100 KTB0000YS2 6.40
120 KTB0000YS3 6.40
Order indivisible quantity: 8.
Each bar clamp includes 2 cross members and associated fixings.
KTB0000YS2 KTB0000YS3
DD202362
DD202500
KTB0000YSp
99
Catalogue numbers and Supports and fixings
dimensions
Canalis KTC
Horizontal supports
DD202372
Description Rating Busbar trunking Cat. no. Weight

(A) height (mm) (kg)
1 support from the bottom (2) - - KTB0000ZA1 2.80
Set of 2 supports from the 1000 A 74 KTB0074ZA4 3.20
top for universal feeding of 1350 to 104 to 404 KTB0404ZA4 3.80
dry-type transformer 5000
KTB0000ZA1
DD202370
KTB0000ZA1
KTBppppZA4
DD202368
Table of dimensions
DD202371
Height "H" Dimensions (mm)

(mm) A B C
74 74 160 110
104 to 404 86 186 136
(1) See "Busbar trunking cross-section" table opposite.

(2) Threaded rods, length = 2 metres, are supplied with the support.
KTBppppZA4
Hooks
DD202369
2 fixing grips are needed for each fixing point.
Description Cat. no. Weight

(kg)
1 fixing grip KTB0000ZA3 0.60
Order indivisible quantity: 8.
KTB000ZA3
KTB0000ZA3
DD202373
100
Vertical supports
DD202374
Description Rating Busbar trunking height Cat. no. Weight

(A) (mm) (kg)
Fixings 1000 to 2000 74 to 164 KTB0164ZA5 5.75
2500 204 KTB0204ZA5 10.02
3200 244 KTB0244ZA5 10.62
4000 324 KTB0324ZA5 11.82
5000 404 KTB0404ZA5 12.58
For further detail see page 192.
KTB0164ZA5
DD202375
KTBppppZA5
(1) Dimensions with free springs.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A) Dimensions "Y" (mm)
All 50 < Y < 100
KTB0204ZA5 to KTB0404ZA5
Table of dimensions
DD202499
Rating Dimensions (mm)

(A) L M N
2500 202 205 152 to 202
3200 240 245 172 to 222
4000 322 325 212 to 262
5000 402 325 252 to 302
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
101
Catalogue numbers and Accessories
dimensions Fire-barrier kit
Canalis KTC
Fire-barrier
DB401570
Type Busbar trunking Busbar trunking Fire barrier Cat. no.

rating (A) height "H" (mm) length
Fire-barrier kit 1000 74 650 KTB0074CF6
1350 104 650 KTB0104CF6
1600 124 650 KTB0124CF6
2000 164 750 KTB0164CF7
2500 204 750 KTB0204CF7
3200 244 750 KTB0244CF7
4000 324 950 KTB0324CF9
5000 404 950 KTB0404CF9
The filler material around the busbar trunking must meet the requirements currently
in force to guarantee that the wall and ceiling fire-resistance class (for example
DIN 1045 and DIN 1053-1) is maintained.
Filler material not supplied.
DB404826
236
H + 132
The fire barrier kit can also be made up on site by the installer according to
Schneider Electric's drawings and specifications.
For further information, consult your sales office.
102
63 to 100 A tap-off units from
Canalis KS range for modular
devices
IP55
Tap-off units with isolator, not equipped
Disconnection by opening the tap-off unit cover
Tap-off unit disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried out only if the
DD210454
downstreamload is de-energised.
System earthing Busbar trunking TT-TNS-TNC-IT (1) TNC

arrangement Tap-off unit TT-TNS-TNS-IT (1) TNC
Tap-off polarity 3L + N + PE (2) 3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram L1 L2 L3 N PE L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205033
DD205034
(e.g. circuit breaker
protection)
KSB63SMp8,
KSB100SMp12 Rating Number of 18 mm Connection Max. size Cable gland (4) Cat. no. Cat. no. Weight
(A) modules(3) (mm2) (not supplied) (kg)
Flexible Rigid
63 8 On devices 16 16 ISO 50 max. KSB63SM48 KSB63SM58 2.40
100 12 On devices 35 35 ISO 63 max. KSB100SM412 KSB100SM512 5.00
(1) The neutral must be protected or not distributed (3L+PE) for the IT system.
(2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed, IT system also possible).
(3) Supplied with blanking plates:1x5 divisible (8 modules) or 2x5 divisible (12 modules).
(4) Maximum diameter for a multipolar cable.
KSB63SMp8, KSB100SMp12
DD202008
DD210455n
X = 432.5 (KSB63SMp8) 5
X = 545.5 (KSB100SMp12)
Cable exit
Centre line of tap-off outlets
(5) Protruding
Dimensions Rating (A)

63 100
A 357 444
B 158 183
C 167 202
D 309 397
E 108 133
F 202 220
103
Catalogue numbers 125 to 160 A tap-off units from
Dimensions Canalis KS range for modular
devices
Canalis KTC IP55
Tap-off units for NG modular devices, not equipped
The cover of the tap-off unit may be opened or closed only when the circuit breaker
DD202154
is in the Off position.

Tap-off diagram
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
protection)
KSB160SMp13
Rating Type of Connection Max. size Cable gland (3) Cat. no. Cat. no. Weight
(A) circuit-breaker (mm2) (not supplied) (kg)
Flexible Rigid
160 NG125 ou NG160 Terminals 50 70 ISO 25 max. KSB160SM413 KSB160SM513 8.50
Rotary handle
28060
(3) Maximum diameter by unipolar cable.
KSB160SMp13
DD202008
DD202155
4
X = 625.5
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
104
Canalis KS range for Compact
NSX circuit breakers
IP55
Tap-off units for Compact NSX, fixed, front-connected circuit breakers, not equipped
DD210461

Tap-off diagram
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
protection)
KSBpppDCp
Rating Type of Connection Max. size Cable gland (3) Cat. no. Cat. no. Weight
(A) circuit breaker (mm2) (not supplied) (kg)
Flexible Rigid
160 NSX100 or NSX160 Terminals 50 70 ISO 25 max. KSB160DC4 KSB160DC5 9.00
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
250 NSX250 Terminals 70 150 ISO 32 max. KSB250DC4 KSB250DC5 12.50
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
400 NSX400 Terminals 150 240 ISO 40 max. KSB400DC4 KSB400DC5 18.00
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
32598
KSB160DCp
DD202008
DD210462
X = 625.5 4
DD202008
KSB250DCp
DD210463
X = 726.5
4
DD202008
KSB400DCp
DD210464
X = 976.5
4
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
105
Dimensions
Canalis KS range for Compact
Canalis KTC
IP55
Tap-off units for measurements and metering, not equipped
DD210465

Tap-off outlets 3L + N + PE (2) 3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
protection)
KSBpppDCpTRE Rating Type of circuit Connection Max. size Cable gland (3) Cat. no. Cat. no. Weight
(A) breaker (mm2) (not supplied) (kg)
Flexible Rigid
250 NSX250 Terminals 70 150 ISO 32 max. KSB250DC4TRE KSB250DC5TRE 13.50
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
400 NSX400 Terminals 150 240 ISO 40 max. KSB400DC4TRE KSB400DC5TRE 19.50
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
32598
KSB250DCpTRE
DD202008
DD202085
X = 726.5
4
DD202008
KSB400DCpTRE
DD202086
X = 976.5
4
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
106
Canalis KS range for NF fuses
IP55
Tap-off units with isolator for cylindrical fuses

DD210466

Tap-off diagram
DD210470
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210471
L1 L2 L3 N PE
(e.g. fuse protection)
Rating For fuses Connection Max. size Cable gland (3) Cat. no. Cat. no. Weight
KSBpppSFp (A) (not supplied) (mm2) (not supplied) (kg)
Flexible Rigid
50 NF 14 x 51 Terminals 25 25 ISO 50 max. KSB50SF4 KSB50SF5 2.40
Type gG : 50 A max.
Type aM : 50 A max.
100 NF 22 x 58 Terminals 50 50 ISO 63 max. KSB100SF4 KSB100SF5 5.00
Type gG : 100 A max.
Type aM : 100 A max.
(1) The neutral must be not distributed (3L+PE) for the IT system.
(2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed, IT system also possible only if N not
distributed).
KSB50SFp, KSB100SFp
DD202008
DD210467n
X = 432.5 (KSB50SFp)
X = 545.5 (KSB100SFp)
Cable exit
(4) Protruding

50 100
A 356 444
B 153 178
C 167 202
D 309 397
E 103 128
F 202 220
107
Dimensions
Canalis KS range for NF fuses
IP55
Canalis KTC
Tap-off units with isolator for blade-type fuses

DD202012
downstreamload is de-energised. It is possible to install an OF contact triggered by cover

opening (see the "Accessories" section, page 112.

Tap-off diagram
DD210470
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210471
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating For blade-type fuses Connection Max. size Cable gland Cat. no. Cat. no. Weight
(A) (not supplied) (mm2) (not supplied) (kg)
KSB400SEp Flexible Rigid
100 Size 00 Terminals 50 50 ISO 63 (3) max. KSB100SE4 (5) KSB100SE5 (5) 5.00
DD210472

160 Size 00 Terminals 35 50 ISO 20 (4) max. KSB160SE4 KSB160SE5 11.00
Size 0 Terminals 35 50 ISO 20 (4) max. KSB160SF4 KSB160SF5 11.00
KSB160SEp Type gG : 250 A max.
KSB250SEp Type aM : 250 A max.
distributed).
(3) Maximum diameter for a unipolar cable.
(4) Cable gland for multipolar cable only.
(5) For 100A dimensions, see "Tap-off units with insulators for cylindrical fuses", page 107,
catalogue number KSB100SFp.
KSB160SEp, KSB250SEp
(1)
DD202008
DD210473n

160 250
(2)
A 450 600
B 257 308
C 300 400
D 395 548
E 207 258
(1) F 32 32
6
G 32 32
H 182 192
X = 577.5 (KSB160SEp)
X = 777 (KSB250SEp)
KSB400SEp
DD210474n
DD202008
X = 855 6
Cable exit : (1) exit of KSB160Spp, (2) exit of KSB250SEp

(6) Protruding
108
Canalis KS range for DIN fuses
IP55
Tap-off units with isolator for screw-type fuses

Disconnection by opening the tap-off unit covert
DD210466

arrangement Tap-off unit TT-TNS-TNS-IT (1) TNC (2)
Tap-off diagram
DD210470
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210471
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating For fuses Connection Max. size Cable gland (3) Cat. no. Cat. no. Weight
KSBppSpp (A) (not supplied) (mm2) (not supplied) (kg)
Flexible Rigid
25 Diazed E27 Terminals 25 25 ISO 50 max. KSB25SD4 KSB25SD5 2.40
50 Néoezd E18 Terminals 25 25 ISO 50 max. KSB50SN4 KSB50SN5 2.40
63 Diazed E33 Terminals 25 25 ISO 63 max. KSB63SD4 KSB63SD5 2.40
distributed).
KSBppSpp
DD202008
DD205037
X = 432.5 (KSB25SDp, KSB50SNp) Cable exit

X = 545.5 (KSB63SDp) Centre line of tap-off outlets
(4) Protruding

25 and 50 63
A 356 444
B 153 178
C 167 202
D 309 397
E 103 198
F 202 220
109
Dimensions
Canalis KS range for DIN fuses
IP55
Canalis KTC

DD202012
downstreamload is de-energised. It is possible to install an OF contact triggered by cover

opening (see the "Accessories" section, page 112.

Tap-off diagram
DD210470
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210471
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating For blade-type fuses Connection Max. size Cable gland Cat. no. Cat. no. Weight
KSB400SEp Flexible Rigid
100 Size 00 Terminals 50 50 ISO 63 (3) max. KSB100SE4 (5) KSB100SE5 (5) 5.00
DD210472

KSB160SEp Type gG : 400 A max.
KSB250SEp Type aM : 400 A max.
distributed).
(4) Cable gland for multipolar cable only.
(5) For 100A dimensions, see "Tap-off units with insulators for cylindrical fuses", page 107,
catalogue number KSB100SFp.
KSB160SEp, KSB250SEp
DD202008
(1)
DD210473n

160 250
A 450 600
(2)
B 257 308
C 300 400
D 395 548
E 207 258
(1) F 32 32
6
G 32 32
H 182 192
X = 577.5 (KSB160SEp)
X = 777 (KSB250SEp)
KSB400SEp
DD202008
DD210474n
X = 855
6
Cable exit : (1) exit of KSB160Spp, (2) exit of KSB250SEp

(6) Protruding
110
Canalis KS range for BS fuses
IP55
Tap-off units for screw-mounted fuses

Disconnection by unplugging the tap-off unit
DD202013
System earthing Busbar trunking TT-TNS-TNC-IT (1)

arrangement Tap-off unit TT-TNS-TNS-IT (1)
Tap-off polarity 3L + N + PE (2)
Tap-off diagram
DD210470
L1 L2 L3 N PE
KSB160SG4
Rating For fuses Connection Max. size Cable gland Cat. no. Weight
DD202014
Flexible Rigid
32 BS88 A1 Terminals 25 25 ISO 50 (3) maxi. KSB32SG4 2.40
80 BS88 A1 or A3 Terminals 35 50 ISO 63 or KSB80SG4 5.00
ISO 20 (3) maxi.
160 BS88 B1 or B2 Terminals 35 50 ISO 20 (4) maxi. KSB160SG4 11.00
KSBppSG4 (2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed).
KSB32SG4, KSB80SG4
DD202008
DD202267n

32 80
A 356 444
B 153 178
C 167 202
5 D 309 397
E 103 128
F 202 220
X = 432.5 (KSB32SG4)
X = 545.5 (KSB80SG4)
KSB160SG4
DD202008
DD202015n
5
X = 577.5
Cable exit
(5) Protruding
111
Catalogue numbers Accessories for tap-off units
Dimensions
from Canalis KS range
IP55
Canalis KTC
Accessories for all tap-off units for modular devices
Designation Description Cat. no. Weight

(kg)
Modular blanking plate Divisible set of 10 x 5 13940 0.08
Adhesive label (1) Set of 12 label-holders (H = 24 mm, 08905 -
W = 180 mm)
Set of 12 labels (H = 24 mm, W = 432 mm) 08903 -
Set of 12 divisible labels (H = 24 mm, 08907 -
W = 650 mm)
(1) Self-adhesive support complete with transparent cover and paper label.
Accessories for all sheet-metal tap-off units

Designation For tap-off unit Order in Cat. no. Weight
multiples of (kg)
Cover contact KSB100Sp to KSB400Sp 1 KSB400ZC1 0.03
(break before opening)
112
Bolted tap-off units from Canalis
KT for Compact NSX/NS 400 to
1250 A circuit breakers
IP54
Bolted tap-off units for Compact NSX/NS with front connections (1)
Tap-off polarity 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + PEN
3L + N + PER
Tap-off diagram
DD230225
L1 L2 L3 PE
DD210451
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
protection)
Rating Type of circuit breaker Max. connection capacity Cat. no. Weight
(A) (2)
(mm2) (kg)
Phases and neutral PE
400 to NSX400 or NSX630 3 x 300 150 KTB0630CB3 KTB0630CB4 KTB0630CB5 35.00
630 Rotary handle 32598
800 to NSX800 or NSX1000 (3) 4 x 300 200 KTB1000CB3 KTB1000CB4 KTB1000CB5 45.00
1000 Rotary handle
33878
1250 (4) NSX1250 4 x 300 240 KTB1250CB3 KTB1250CB4 KTB1250CB5 50.00
Rotary handle
33878
(1) Installation KTCppppEBppp bolted section only.
(2) Circuit breaker and rotary handle not supplied.
DD202451
(3) It is recommended a derating factor of 0.93 be applied when using a Compact NS1000
type L circuit breaker.
(4) IP31 only.
KTBppppCBp from 400 to 1000 A
DD210462
KTB0630CBp
DD202497
Table of dimensions
Dim. Rating (A)
400 to 800 to
630 1000
A 860 1130
B 350 550
C 300 330
D 547 710
E 315 510
KTB1000CBp
DD230206
From 1250 A
DD230207
KTB1250CBp
DD210880
Cable exit
Center line of tap-off outlets
Axis of Canalis KT
Connection box to be fitted above or below
113
Catalogue numbers and
630 and 1000 A bolted tap-off
dimensions
units with switch-disconnetors
for DIN fuses
Canalis KTC
IP31
Bolted tap-off units with switch-disconnectors (1)
Tap-off polarity 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + PEN

3L + N + PER
Tap-off diagram
DD230227
L1 L2 L3 PE
DD230226
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD230228
L1 L2 L3 N PE
protection)
Rating DIN fuse size Max. connection capacity Cat. no. Weight
(A) (not supplied) (2) (mm2) (kg)
Phases and neutral PE
630 (3) T3 3 x 300 150 KTB0630HF3 KTB0630HF4 KTB0630HF5 54.00
1000 (3) T4 4 x 300 200 KTB1000HF3 KTB1000HF4 KTB1000HF5 96.00
(1) Installation KTCppppEBppp bolted section only.
(2) Switch-disconnectors and rotary handle supplied.
DD230200
(3) Derating coefficient to apply:0.8.
KTBppppHFp
DD230223
KTB0630HFp
DD230203
Table of dimensions
Dim. Rating (A)
630 1000
A 1108 1438
B 480 690
KTB1000HFp C 300 330
D 786.5 1010
E 315 510
DD210880
Cable exit
Center line of tap-off outlets
Axis of Canalis KT
Connection box to be fitted above or below
114
Coupling isolators from
1000 to 2500 A
IP55
Compact NS type NA coupling isolators

Fits equally on ducting in a flat position, on the edge (door accessible from above or below) or
DD202377
vertically.
Tap-off unit door locking is achieved using a door key lock.
Rating Type of isolator Cat. no. Weight

(A) (supplied) 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (3) (kg)
1000 NS1000 NA KTC1000SL31 KTC1000SL41 KTC1000SL51 150.00
1350 (1) NS1250 NA KTC1350SL31 KTC1350SL41 KTC1350SL51 165.00
1600 NS1600 NA KTC1600SL31 KTC1600SL41 KTC1600SL51 180.00
KTCppppSLp1
DD230214
KTCppppSLp1
DD202381
(1) Rated current: 1250 A.

(3) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppSL51 by
KTCppppSL71.
Interpact INV coupling isolators

Fits equally on ducting in a flat position, on the edge (door accessible from above or below) or
DD202377
vertically.

(A) (supplied) 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (kg)
2000 INV2000 KTC2000SL31 KTC2000SL41 KTC2000SL51 200.00
2500 INV2500 KTC2500SL31 KTC2500SL41 KTC2500SL51 210.00
KTCppppSLp1
DD202378
KTCppppSLp1
DD202381
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
115
Catalogue numbers and Coupling isolators 3200 A
dimensions IP55
Canalis KTC
Masterpact NW coupling isolators

Notice: If the coupling isolator is installed on a horizontal busbar trunking the
DD230212
device must be only used as a disconnector and without any accessories (MX, XF,
Motor MCH...).

(A) (supplied) 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (1) (kg)
3000 (2) NW3200 HA KTC3200SL31 KTC3200SL41 KTC3200SL51 360.00
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppSL51 by
KTCppppSL71.
(2) The use of this coupling isolator requires derating the busway run to 3000 A.
KTC3200SLp1
DD205942
KTC3200SLp1
324
116
Protection of the run using
Compact NS circuit breakers
from1000 à 1600 A
IP55
Protection of the run using Compact NS circuit breakers
Fits equally on ducting in a flat position, on the edge or vertically.
DD202377
Rating Type of Cat. no. Weight

(A) isolator (3) 3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER (4) (kg)
(supplied)
1000 NS1000 N KTC1000PL31 KTC1000PL41 KTC1000PL51 150.00
1350 (1) NS1250 N KTC1350PL31 KTC1350PL41 KTC1350PL51 165.00
1600 NS1600 N KTC1600PL31 KTC1600PL41 KTC1600PL51 180.00
KTCppppPLp1
DD230214
KTCppppPLp1
DD202381
(1) Rated current : 1250 A.

(3) Manual fixed compact NS circuit breakers type N equipped with a Micrologic 2.0 control
unit.
(4) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Isc, replace KTCppppPL51 by
KTCppppPL71.
Protection of a run > 1600 A

To install protection of a run > 1600 A, consult your sales office.
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
117
Catalogue numbers and Special products
dimensions
Canalis KTC
For further information about the use and the dimensions, consult your sales office.
Double skin aluminium enclosure

For outdoor applications.
DD210884
DD210882
Reduction sections
For reducing busbar trunking ratings.
DD210883
Note: must be used in conjunction with appropriate protection.
Table of sizes
A B
74 104 124 164 204 244 324 404
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
Available.
DD230234
Edgewise elbow with made to measure angles

DD210817
118
4-limb zed unit
DD210885
Edgewise / flat elbow feed unit

DD210881
On demand
bb Surface treatment on conductors for corrosive atmospheres.
bb Special colours.
bb Seaworthy packaging.
bb etc.
119
Catalogue numbers and Canalis KH substitution by
dimensions
Canalis KT
KTC/KGF connection elements
Canalis KTC or KGF
Connection elements
Ratings Cat. no.
DB401490
3L + PE 3L + N + PE 3L + N + PER Weight (kg)

KTB0350HT01 KTB0350HT01 KTB0350HT01 63.00
See the table
below
End feed units (J, K, M = 115) are not included in the reference and must be ordered separately.
DB402128
KTB0pppHT0

Table of dimensions
A B C D E F G H I
KTB0350HT01 850 331.5 518.5 300 300 600 258 208 466
KTB0350HT02 850 331.5 518.5 300 300 600 258 208 466
KTB0510HT01 890 310 580 300 300 600 329 306 635
KTB0510HT02 890 310 580 300 300 600 329 306 635
KTB0510HT03 890 310 580 300 300 600 329 306 635
KGF type Rating L busway KT type Rating H busway H flange Connection ref.
KGF16 1600 166 KTC1600 1600 124 230 KTB0350HT01
KGF26 2750 238 KTC3200 3200 244 350 KTB0350HT02
KGF36 3750 310 KTC4000 4000 324 510 KTB0510HT01
KGF46 5000 382 KTC5000 5000 404 510 KTB0510HT02
KGF56 5000 454 Line extension with KT is not possible
KGF16 KGF26 KGF36 KGF46 KGF56

DB402830
KTC1600 KTC3200 KTC4000 KTC5000

404
324
244
DB402831
124
KGF Polarity KTC Polarity

3L+PE 3L+PE
3L+1/2N+PE 3L+N+PE
3L+N+PE 3L+N+PE
3L+N+PER (1) 3L+N+PER
(1) Version with 120 mm2 cu conductor or entire conductor.
120
Preserved KH tap-off units
and substitution table
Plug-in tap-off units
Protection type Polarity Rating Catalogue number Status Substitued by
Isolator and fuse carriers 3L+PE 160 KH016SD13 Removed KH025SD15
250 KH025SD13 Removed KH025SD15
3L+N+PE 160 KH016SD14 Removed KH025SD14
250 KH025SD14 Preserved -
3L+PEN 160 KH016SD15 Removed KH025SD15
KH063SD1530758 Removed KH063SD15
3L+NP+PE 160 KH016SD24 Removed No
250 KH025SD24 Removed No
Switch and fuse carriers 3L+PE 200 KH020SD33 Removed KH025SE351
315 KH031SD33 Removed KH040SE351
3L+N+PE 50 KH005SD34 Removed KH025SE341
250 KH025SE341 Preserved -
3L+PEN 50 KH005SD35 Removed KH025SE351
3L+NP+PE 200 KH020SD44 Removed No
Circuit breaker manuel 3L+N+PE 160 KH016SD541 Removed KH025SD541
Circuit breaker electrical control 3L+N+PE 160 KH016SD542 Removed KH025SD542
Muller Isolator 3L+N+PE 630 KH063SD841 Removed No
3L+PEN 100 KH010SD85 Preserved -
KH063SD8502 Removed KH063SD85
Muller Isolator + Pelha 3L+PEN 400 KH040SD9502 Preserved -
Dumeco switch - - KH0SD108919802 Removed No
KH0SD108919803 Removed No
Other 3L+N+PE 100 KH0SD107080401 Removed No
3L+PEN 100 KH0SD107080402 Removed No
- 60 KH0SD107076902 Removed No
121
Design guide Canalis KH substitution by
Canalis KT
Canalis KTC and substitution table
Bolted tap-off units
Protection Polarity Rating Catologue number Status Substitued by
Isolator and fuse carriers 3L+PE 160 KH016SB131 Removed KH025SB131
KH016SB132 Removed KH025SB132
250 KH025SB131 Preserved -
KH025SB132 Preserved -
400 KH040SB131 Removed KH063SB131
3L+N+PE 160 KH016SB141 Removed KH025SB141
3L+PEN 160 KH016SB151 Removed No
KH016SB152 Removed No
250 KH025SB151 Removed No
3L+NP+PE 160 KH016SB241 Removed No
Switch and fuse carriers 3L+PE 1000 KH086SB331 Removed No
3P+PE 250 KH025SB331 Removed No
3P+PEN 1000 KH086SB351 Removed No
3L+N+PE 250 KH025SB341 Removed No
122
and substitution table
Bolted tap-off units
Protection Polarity Rating Catologue number Status Substitued by
Switch and fuse carriers (con’t) 3L+PEN 250 KH025SB351 Removed No
Circuit breaker manuel 3L+PE 1000 KH086SB5311 Preserved -
3L+N+PE 250 KH025SB5411 Removed KH086SB5411
Circuit breaker electrical controle 3P+PEN 250 KH025SB5521 Removed No
3L+N+PE 250 KH025SB5421 Removed No
Circuit breaker plug-out 3L+PEN 1000 KH040DD411 Removed No
Others - 1000 KH0SA345794 Removed No
1500 KH0SA1088568 Removed No
2000 KH0SA1088123 Removed No
123
Catalogue numbers and 250 and 630 A tap-off units from
dimensions
Canalis KH range for Compact
Canalis KTC
IP31
Tap-off units for Compact NSX, fixed, front-connected circuit breakers, not equipped
DB402027
Plug-in tap-off units for extended rotary

System earthing Busbar TT-TNS-TNC-IT TNC
arrangement (1) trunking
Tap-off unit TT-TNS-TNS-IT TNC
Tap-off polarity 3L + N + PE 3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
DD210451
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
(e.g. circuit breaker protection)
KH0ppSD5pp
Rating Type of Cable Cable Cat. no. Weight

(A) circuit capacity clamp on (kg)
breaker (mm )
2
(mm)
250 NSX250 N/H/L 1 x 150 30...70 KH025SD541 KH025SD551 32.00
630 NSX630 N/H/L 2 x 300 2 x 30...70 KH063SD541 KH063SD551 45.00
(1) These units can be fitted either on Canalis KTC or KGF.
Plug-in tap-off units for motor mechanisme control 220 V -

50 Hz (not supplied)
Tap-off diagram
DD210451
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating Type of circuit Cable Cable Cat. no. Weight

(A) breaker capacity clamp on (kg)
(mm )
2
(mm)
250 NSX250 N/H/L KH025SD542 KH025SD552 32.00
control 31541
630 NSX630 N/H/L KH063SD542 KH063SD552 45.00
control 32841
KH025SDppp KH063SDppp
DB401483
DD402103
DD402104

x = 520

DB401483

x = 646
124
250 and 630 A tap-off units from
Canalis KH range for NF fuses
IP31

Tap-off disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried out only
if the downstreamload is de-energised.
DB402028

Tap-off diagram
DD210470
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210471
L1 L2 L3 N PE
KH0ppSD1p
Rating Fuse Cable Cable Cat. no. Weight
(A) size capacity clamp on (kg)
(mm )
2
(mm)
250 1 1 x 95 1 x 30-70 KH025SD14 KH025SD15 37.00
630 3 2 x 185 2 x 30-70 KH063SD14 KH063SD15 56.00
KH025SDpp KH063SDpp
DD402107
DD402108
50

230

20 90
690 210 55
955

375

470

Axis sliding contact

95
Cable entry
DD202008
DD202008
x = 790 x = 920
125
Catalogue numbers and 100 to 630 A tap-off units from
dimensions
Canalis KH with disconnector
Jean Muller
Canalis KTC
IP43
Tap-off units with disconnector Jean Muller
System earthing arrangement (1) Busbar TNC
trunking
Tap-off unit TNC
Tap-off polarity 3L + PEN
DB402115
Tap-off diagram
DD210471
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Ith (A) Fuse Cable Cat. no. Weight

size capacity (kg)
(mm2)
100 With MULLER disconnector 00 1 x 50 KH010SD85 12.50
KH010SD85 630 With MULLER disconnector 3 2 x 185 KH063SD85 46.00
KH010SD85
DB402116
KH025SD85 - KH040SD85 - KH063SD85

DB402117
DB402118

KH040SD85

126
400 and 630 A tap-off units from
Canalis KH with disconnector
Jean Muller
IP43
Tap-off units with disconnector internal arc tested IEC 61-641
System earthing arrangement (1) Busbar TNC
trunking
Tap-off unit TNC
DD401398
Tap-off polarity 3L + PEN

Tap-off diagram
DD210471
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Ith (A) Fuse Cable Cat. no. Weight

size capacity (kg)
(mm2)
KH040SD9502
DB401399
Connecting box is equipped with a 30 to 70 mm aluminium cable clamp.

DD401400
DB401401
KH063SD9502
Connecting plate is equipped with 4 plastic cable clamps.

DB406514
DB406515
If 2 cables exit are needed, stand alone connecting box can be ordered.
Designation Cat. no.
Connecting box for KH040SD9502 with a 30 to 70 mm aluminium cable clamp KH040ZA07
Connecting plate for KH063SD9502 with 4 plastic clamps KH063ZA07
KH040ZA07 KH063ZA07
127
Catalogue numbers and 250 to 630 A tap-off units from
dimensions Canalis KH range with Fupact INF
fuse switch
Canalis KTC IP43
Tap-off units from Canalis KH range with Fupact INF fuse switch
Tap-off unit installed under voltage, unloaded, for KTC2500, KTC3200, KTC4000.
DB401471
Functionalities
b Insulation and protection of the outlet by Fupact fuse-switch Schneider Electric
(supplied).
bb To be used only above or below the busbar trunking.
System earthing arrangement (1) Busbar TT-TNS-TNC-IT TNC

trunking
Tap-off polarity 3L + N + PE 3L+ PEN
Tap-off diagram L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD2104701
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DB401472
Rating (A) Ith (A) Fuse size Cat. no.

(DIN 43653)
250 250 1 KH025SE341 KH025SE351
KH0ppSE3p1
400 350 2 KH040SE341 KH040SE351
630 500 3 KH063SE341 KH063SE351
DB401476
Dimensions KHOppSE3p1
Dimensions (mm) KH025SEp1 KH040SEp1 KH063SEp1
a 569 569 665
b 700 760 765
c 590 590 620
d 165 165 165
DB401480
e 255 255 285

f 550 550 650
Optional accessories
Accessories Cat. no.
Extension handle (for KH0ppSE3p1) KH063ZA03
Cable box with 1 hole (for for KH025SE3p1) KH025ZA05
(cable gland not supplied, to be ordered separately)
DB401475

Cable gland (185 - 240 mm2) for cable boxes KH0ppZA05 and KH0ppZA06 KH063ZA10
Extension handle.
DB401473
DB401474
Cable box with 1 hole + cable Cable box with 2 hole + cable
gland. glands.w
128
250 to 1000 A fixed tap-off units
for Canalis KGF range, with
isolator and fuse carriers
Canalis KGF only
IP31
The cover of the tap-off unit may be opened or closed only when the load is
DB401455
switched Off.
System earthing Busbar IT-TT-TNS TT-TNS-TNC-IT (3)

Tap-off IT-TT-TNS TT-TNS-TNS-IT (3)
unit
Tap-off polarity 3L + PE 3L + N + PE
Tap-off diagram
DD230227
L1 L2 L3 PE
DD230226
L1 L2 L3 N PE
KH0ppSB1pp Rating Fuse Cable Cable Cat. no. (4) Weight Cat. no. (4) Weight
(A) size capacity clamp on (kg) (kg)
DB401486
DB401487
(mm )
2
(mm)
250 1 1 x 150 1 x 30-70 KH025SB13p 46.00 KH025SB14p 48.00
630 3 2 x 300 2 x 30-70 KH063SB13p 71.00 KH063SB14p 75.00
1000 4 4 x 185 - KH086SB13p 86.00 KH086SB14p 90.00
(1) To be installed only on Canalis KGF junction, do not use on Canalis KT.
In front of yellow label. Opposite of yellow label. (3) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed).
(4) The reference number ends with 1 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the identification label
side. The reference number ends with 2 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the opposite side to the
y
label.
n l KH0ppSBppp
o

DB402113

b l e 2 1

i l a 2 0

l

va t i
A u n Rating (A)
160/250
a
540
b
500
c
630
d
265
e
-
400/630 640 600 750 290 -
1000 650 485 - 300 120
Connexion equipment for type SB (2) tap-off units

Note: this equipment sould be ordered at the same time as the SB tap-off unit.
Type of busbar trunking SB tap-off unit (except 1000 A) SB tap-off unit 1000 A only
KGF 16 KH016CB KH016CB311571
KGF 26 KH026CB KH026CB311571
KGF 36 KH036CB KH036CB311571
KGF 46 KH046CB KH046CB311571
KGF 56 KH056CB KH056CB311571
(2) The neutral must be not distributed (3L + PE) for the IT system.
129
Catalogue numbers Fixed tap-off units for Canalis
and dimensions
KGF range, for circuit breaker
NS630b, NS800, NS1000
Canalis KGF only IP31
Fixed tap-off units for Canalis KGF range
b Tap-off units are installed in the joint of 2 elements (1).
DB401485
b The link between tap-off unit and busbar trunking is realised by a set connecting
links (see below the complementary kit catalogue numbers).
b Connection of 3 cables maxi per phase (holes Ø 14).
b Protection indice: IP31.
b Type of circuit breaker:
v extended rotary handle ref. 33878
v fixed device with Front connection.
System earthing arrangement (1) Busbar IT-TT-TNS TT-TNS-TNC-IT

trunking
Tap-off unit IT-TT-TNS TT-TNS-TNS-IT
Tap-off polarity 3L + PE 3L + N + PE
Tap-off diagram
DD230225
L1 L2 L3 PE
DD2104521
L1 L2 L3 N PE
l
KH086SB5p1p
o n
l e 1
DB401486
DB401487
2
Rated Control Type of Side Cat. no. (3) Weight
b
current In circuit (kg)
0
35°C (2)
breakers
l a 2
1000 A Manual N, H, L In front of KH086SB5311 KH086SB5411 88.00
i il
MG yellow label
a
In front of yellow label. Opposite of yellow label. NS630b, Opposite of KH086SB5312 KH086SB5412 88.00
t
NS800,
v
yellow label
NS1000 (2)
A u n
(1) To be installed only on Canalis KGF junction, do not use on Canalis KT.
(2) The circuit breaker more than 1000 A, with the same dimension, cannot be used on these
tap-off units.
(3) The reference number ends with 1 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the identification label side.
The reference number ends with 2 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the opposite side to the label.
Connexion equipment for type SB5 tap-off units

Complementary kit
l y
Note: this equipment should be ordered at the same time as the SB tap-off unit.
n
Type of busbar Cat. no. Mounting position
o
trunking
e 1
KGF 16 KH018CB86NS
b l 2
KGF 26 KH028CB86NS
i l a l 20
KGF 36 KH038CB86NS
or
va ti
KGF 46 KH048CB86NS
A un
KGF 56 KH058CB86NS
130
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by
means of Canalis KT
DB401535
131
Catalogue numbers Expansion of a Canalis KH line by
and dimensions means of Canalis KT with a
T-piece tap-off unit
Canalis KTC
DB401534
132
Mid KT line power supply with KH
tap-off units installed
DB401497
133
134
Contents Design guide
Index 3
Introduction 17
Characteristics 136
Canalis KTC 3L + PE 136
Canalis KTC 3L + N + PE 137
Canalis KTC 3L + N + PER 138
Other characteristics 139
Determining the rating 140

Providing power distribution using Canalis 140
Sizing the busbar trunking 142
Protection of circuits supplied by several paralleled transformers 144
Coordination 146
Protection of busbar trunking against overloads 146
Protection against short-circuits 148
Circuit breaker / busbar trunking coordination 149

Non-limiting or time-delayed circuit breaker 149
Limiter circuit breaker 150
Protecting busbar trunking with a Compact NS circuit breaker 151
Selection guide 152
Degree of protection 156
Harmonic currents 158
Direct current 160
Frequencies 162
400 Hz 162
Measurements and metering 163

Canalis part of StruxureWare 163
Fire resistance 166
Seismic resistance 168
Testing and commissioning procedure 170

Recommandations 235
135
Design guide Characteristics
Canalis KTC 3L + PE
Canalis KTC
Characteristics of run sections
Symbol Unit Busbar trunking rating (A)

General characteristics KTC10 KTC13 KTC16 KTC20 KTC25 KTC32 KTC40 KTC50
Compliance with standards IEC/EN 61439-6
Protection degree IP 55
Any installation (indoors only) is possible for the busbar truncking: edgewise,
flat or vertical. See test condition, page 156.
Shock resistance IK 08
Nominal rated current at an ambient temperature of Inc A 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
35°C
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000
Rated operating voltage Ue V 1000
Operating frequency f Hz 50 / 60 (for 60 to 400 Hz AC or for DC, consult us)
Short-circuit current withstand

Standard version 3L + PE
Allowable rated short-time withstand current (t = 1 s) Icw kA 50 50 65 110 113 86 90 95
Allowable rated peak current Ipk kA 110 110 143 242 248 189 198 209
Maximum thermal stress I2t (t = 1s) I2t A2s 106 2500 2500 4225 4900 6400 7396 8100 9025
Conductor characteristics
Phase conductors
Average resistance at an ambient temperature of 20°C R20 mW/m 0.041 0.029 0.024 0.018 0.014 0.012 0.009 0.007
Average resistance at Inc and at 35°C R1 mW/m 0.049 0.035 0.029 0.022 0.018 0.015 0.012 0.009
Average reactance at Inc and at 35°C and at 50 Hz X1 mW/m 0.022 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.008 0.007 0.007
Average impedance at Inc and at 35°C and at 50 Hz Z1 mW/m 0.054 0.039 0.033 0.026 0.021 0.017 0.014 0.012
PE = casing
Average resistance at an ambient temperature of 20°C mW/m 0.203 0.178 0.164 0.143 0.126 0.113 0.093 0.080
Casing mm² 120 130 140 155 165 180 190 200
(Equivalent copper cross-section)
Fault loop characteristics

Fault loop Ph/PE Average resistance R0 ph / PE mW/m 0.688 0.566 0.509 0.435 0.378 0.335 0.279 0.238
characteristics at 20°C
Average reactance X0 ph / PE mW/m 0.666 0.489 0.410 0.315 0.247 0.196 0.147 0.113
Average impedance Z0 ph / PE mW/m 0.958 0.748 0.654 0.537 0.452 0.388 0.315 0.263
Impedance At 20°C Average resistance Ph/Ph Rb0 ph / ph mW/m 0.078 0.056 0.047 0.036 0.029 0.025 0.019 0.015
method
Ph/PE Rb0 ph / PE mW/m 0.439 0.351 0.298 0.239 0.199 0.170 0.135 0.110
At Inc and Average resistance Ph/Ph Rb1 ph / ph mW/m 0.094 0.068 0.057 0.044 0.036 0.032 0.024 0.019
at 35°C
Ph/PE Rb1 ph / PE mW/m 0.527 0.428 0.364 0.292 0.247 0.214 0.173 0.141
At Inc and Average reactance Ph/Ph Xb ph / ph mW/m 0.040 0.029 0.024 0.019 0.015 0.013 0.010 0.008
at 35°C
Ph/PE Xb ph / PE mW/m 0.426 0.329 0.275 0.212 0.170 0.141 0.106 0.084
and at
50 Hz
Other characteristics
Voltage drop
Line-to-line voltage drop, in volts (V) per 100 metres and per amp (A) at 50 Hz with load spread over the
run. For the case of loads concentrated at the end of a run, the voltage drops are double those shown in
this table.
This calculation table applies to three-phase loads. For single-phase loads, the voltage drop given in the
table is divided by 1.732.
For a cosine j of 1 V/100 m/A 0.0043 0.0031 0.0026 0.0019 0.0015 0.0013 0.0010 0.0008
0.9 V/100 m/A 0.0047 0.0034 0.0029 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.8 V/100 m/A 0.0046 0.0033 0.0028 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.7 V/100 m/A 0.0044 0.0031 0.0027 0.0021 0.0018 0.0014 0.0012 0.0010
Average weight
3L + PE kg/m 19 25 29 36 44 51 66 82
Fire load value

kWh / m 2.1 2.9 3.2 3.9 5.7 6.2 8.9 11.2
Radiated magnetic field

Radiated magnetic field strength 1 metre from the B µT 0.4 0.5 0.75 0.9 1.3 1.6 2.1 3.0
trunking
136
Canalis KTC 3L + N + PE

35°C

Standard version 3L + N + PE
Phase conductors
PE = casing
Casing mm² 120 130 140 155 165 180 190 200
Equivalent copper cross-section

Fault loop Ph/N Average resistance R0 ph / N mW/m 0.192 0.138 0.116 0.089 0.071 0.062 0.046 0.037
characteristics at 20°C Average reactance X0 ph / N mW/m 0.124 0.089 0.075 0.058 0.044 0.040 0.030 0.024
Average impedance Z0 ph / N mW/m 0.229 0.164 0.138 0.106 0.084 0.074 0.055 0.044
Ph/PE Average resistance R0 ph / PE mW/m 0.688 0.566 0.509 0.435 0.378 0.335 0.279 0.238
at 20°C Average reactance X0 ph / PE mW/m 0.666 0.489 0.410 0.315 0.247 0.196 0.147 0.113
method Ph/N Rb0 ph / N mW/m 0.080 0.057 0.048 0.037 0.029 0.026 0.019 0.015
Ph/PE Rb0 ph / PE mW/m 0.439 0.351 0.298 0.239 0.199 0.170 0.135 0.110
at 35°C Ph/N Rb1 ph / N mW/m 0.096 0.070 0.059 0.045 0.036 0.032 0.024 0.020
Ph/PE Rb1 ph / PE mW/m 0.527 0.428 0.364 0.292 0.247 0.214 0.173 0.141
at 35°C Ph/N Xb ph / N mW/m 0.065 0.047 0.040 0.030 0.024 0.021 0.016 0.013
and at
Ph/PE Xb ph / PE mW/m 0.426 0.329 0.275 0.212 0.170 0.141 0.106 0.084
50 Hz
Voltage drop
this table.
0.9 V/100 m/A 0.0047 0.0034 0.0029 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.8 V/100 m/A 0.0046 0.0033 0.0028 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.7 V/100 m/A 0.0044 0.0031 0.0027 0.0021 0.0018 0.0014 0.0012 0.0010
Average weight
3L + N + PE kg/m 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Fire load value

kWh / m 2.5 3.6 4.1 5.9 7.3 8.0 11.5 14.4

trunking
137
Design guide Characteristics
Canalis KTC 3L + N + PER
Canalis KTC

35°C

Standard version 3L + N + PER
Reinforced version 3L + N + PER (optional)
Maximum thermal stress I 2t A2s 106 4225 4225 7225 12100 12769 12769 14400 14400
Phase conductors
PE = internal copper protective conductor
Copper cross-section mm² 210 300 360 480 600 720 960 1200

Fault loop Ph/N Average resistance R0 ph / N mW/m 0.189 0.134 0.113 0.085 0.069 0.057 0.043 0.035
characteristics at 35°C Average reactance X0 ph / N mW/m 0.087 0.061 0.054 0.042 0.041 0.029 0.022 0.018
Average impedance Z0 ph / N mW/m 0.208 0.148 0.125 0.095 0.080 0.064 0.049 0.039
Ph/PE Average resistance R0 ph / PE mW/m 0.206 0.157 0.135 0.106 0.087 0.074 0.057 0.047
at 35°C Average reactance X0 ph / PE mW/m 0.067 0.051 0.043 0.034 0.028 0.024 0.019 0.015
method Ph/N Rb0 ph / N mW/m 0.087 0.059 0.019 0.239 0.199 0.170 0.135 0.110
Ph/PER Rb0 ph / PE mW/m 0.105 0.077 0.065 0.050 0.041 0.034 0.026 0.021
at 35°C Ph/N Rb1 ph / N mW/m 0.104 0.072 0.060 0.045 0.036 0.031 0.023 0.019
Ph/PE Rb1 ph / PE mW/m 0.126 0.094 0.080 0.061 0.051 0.043 0.033 0.027
at 35°C Ph/N Xb ph / N mW/m 0.043 0.032 0.028 0.021 0.017 0.015 0.011 0.009
and at
Ph/PE Xb ph / PE mW/m 0.050 0.040 0.035 0.039 0.023 0.020 0.016 0.013
50 Hz
Voltage drop
this table.
0.9 V/100 m/A 0.0047 0.0034 0.0029 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.8 V/100 m/A 0.0046 0.0033 0.0028 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.7 V/100 m/A 0.0044 0.0031 0.0027 0.0021 0.0018 0.0014 0.0012 0.0010
Average weight
3L + N + PER kg/m 25 33 39 49 60 71 92 114
Fire load value
kWh / m 2.5 3.6 4.1 5.9 7.3 8.0 11.5 14.4
trunking
138
Choice of products when harmonics are present (see “harmonic currents” for more details).
THD y 15 % 15 % < THD y 33 % THD > 33 % Busbar trunking Rating (A)

1000 800 630 KTC 1000
1350 1000 800 KTC 1350
1600 1350 1000 KTC 1600
2000 1600 1350 KTC 2000
2500 2000 1600 KTC 2500
3200 2500 2000 KTC 3200
4000 3200 2500 KTC 4000
5000 4000 3200 KTC 5000
Example. For a total rms current of 2356 A (estimation based on power drawn by loads, including harmonics), the operational current is 2500 A.
THD is estimated at 30 %. The appropriate trunking is KTC 3200 A.
Allowable current as a function of ambient temperature

Canalis busbar trunking is sized to operate at an ambient air does not exceed +40°C and its average over a period of 24 h does not exceed
+35°C, above this value, the busbar trunking must be derated.
Where k1 = ambient temperature derating coefficient.
Symbol Unit Ambiant temperature 24 hours average
°C 35 40 45 50 55
Busbar trunking installed indoors k1 % k1=1 k1=0.95 k1=0.90 k1=0.84 k1=0.79
Busbar trunking installed outside under an k1 % See "Busbar trunking  installed outside under an aluminium roof"
aluminium roof on page 141.
Busbar trunking installed in a fire duct k1 % Please, see your sales office.
Through-wall fire barrier

Tests performed in accordance with the requirements of NF EN 1363-1 and those specific to EN 1366-3.
Performance criteria
Fire integrity Thermal insulation
Without external fire barrier 120 mn 30 mn
With external fire barrier 120 mn 120 mn
Tap-off unit characteristics
General characteristics Symbol Unit

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 400 or 500 depending on protection device
Rated operating voltage Ue V
Operating frequency f Hz 50/60
139
Design guide Determining the rating
Providing power distribution using Canalis
Canalis KTC
Apart from extreme atmospheres, Canalis can be installed anywhere!

The order described below is only aimed at presenting the different stages for a
simple installation.
For a detailed design, it is necessary to use appropriate tools, approved by control
bodies, in compliance with local installation standards.
The Ecodial software, edited by Schneider Electric, meets this requirement
perfectly.
Design order:
1 – Define run layouts.
2 – Identify external influences.
3 – Determine the current rating (Ib).
4 – Calculate the nominal current (In) taking into account derating coefficients.
5 – Choose the busbar trunking rating.
6 – Check the rating with respect to allowable voltage drop.
7 – Check busbar trunking overloads.
8 – Check the rating with respect to short-circuit withstand current.
9 – Choose the source and feeder circuit breakers.
1 - Canalis busbar trunking layout

The layout of the distribution runs depends on the position of the loads and where
the source is located.
Load protection is placed in the tap-off boxes, at the point of use.
A single and same Canalis busbar trunking supplies a group of loads of different
ratings.
Schneider Electric has tools you can use to help you choose the architecture best
suited to your application:
bb the Idpro software to simulate the organisation of your electrical networks
bb application orientated technical guides (car industry, data centers, shopping
centres, etc).
2 - Identification of external influences

Protection degree
DD202142
Canalis KT busbar trunking is IP55 and IPxxD by construction.

This protection degree protects the busbar trunking against:
bb dust
bb penetration by a 1mm diameter wire
bb water projections from all directions.
It can be installed in almost all premises; for more details see the "Determining the
protection degree" page 156.
Wherever the busbar trunking must pass outside the building, an aluminium
roof can be supplied; consult your Schneider Electric distributor for information
concerning this option.
Corrosive atmosphere
The busbar trunking has been qualified for industrial atmospheres.
For sulphurous atmospheres such as sulphur dioxide (SO2) and hydrogen sulphide
(H2S), there is a suitable Canalis KT solution; consult your Schneider Electric
distributor for more information on this option.
Example: paper mills, water treatment works, etc.
140
Radiated electromagnetic fields
DD210982n
According to the WHO (World Health Organisation), exposure to radiated

electromagnetic fields above 0.2 micro Tesla can be dangerous causing a risk of
cancer over the long term. Some countries have standardised the limit:
Sweden = 0.2 µT, at a distance of 1 metre.
All electrical conductors generate a magnetic field, the strength of which is
proportional to the distance between them. The Canalis busbar trunking concept
(metal casing and conductors near together) helps to considerably reduce radiated
electromagnetic fields.
In specific cases where particularly low values are required (computer rooms,
hospitals, some offices), it is important to keep in mind the following:
bb the induction generated around 3-phase distribution. This is proportional to the
current and the distance between the conductors, and inversely proportional to the
square of the distance with respect to the busbar trunking and the screening effect
of the case
bb the induction generated around busbar trunking. This is less than the induction
generated around an equivalent cable distribution
bb Canalis’ steel casing. This attenuates the induction more than an equivalent
aluminium casing of the same thickness (screening effect)
bb the induction generated around busbar trunking with sandwiched bars. This is
particularly low because of the short distance between the bars and the additional
attenuation provided by the steel casing.
3 - Determining the current rating (Ib)
Calculation of the total current (Ib) absorbed by a run is equal to the sum of the
DD210066
currents absorbed by all of the loads.

The loads do not all operate at the same time and, as they are not continuously at
full load, a stacking or simultaneity factor Ks has to be taken into account:
Ib Ib Ib Ib Ib Ib Ib
In Ib = Σ Ib load x Ks
Ib Ib Ib Ib Ib
Stacking factor Ks depending on the number of loads according to
IEC 61439- 1
Application Number of loads Ks coefficient
Lighting, heating - 1
Distribution (mechanic workshop) 2...3 0.9
4...5 0.8
6...9 0.7
10...40 0.6
40 and over 0.5
Caution: for industrial installations, remember to take into account future increases in the
number of machines. A 20 % reserve is recommended.
4 - Calculating nominal current (ln) by applying a derating coefficient

Ambient temperature Type of Canalis Ambiant temperature 24 hours
Canalis busbar trunking is sized to operate at an installation KT average (°C)
average ambient temperature of 35°C, above this
value, the busbar trunking must be derated. 35 40 45 50 55
Busbar trunking All 1 0.95 0.90 0.84 0.79
Example: Canalis KTC1350 A installed inside with an installed inside
ambient temperature of 45°C: Busbar trunking KTC1000 0.97 0.95 0.90 0.84 0.79
In = 1250 x 0.90 = 1215 A. installed outside under KTC1350 0.96 0.93 0.89 0.84 0.79
an aluminium roof
KTC1600 0.94 0.91 0.87 0.84 0.79
In u Ib x k1 = Iz
KTC2000 0.96 0.93 0.89 0.84 0.79
Where k1 = ambient temperature derating coefficient. KTC2500 0.93 0.90 0.86 0.82 0.78
KTC3200 0.85 0.83 0.80 0.77 0.74
KTC4000 0.87 0.85 0.81 0.78 0.75
KTC5000 0.86 0.84 0.81 0.78 0.75
Busbar trunking Please, see your sales office.
installed in a fire duct
141
Design guide Sizing the busbar trunking
Canalis KTC
5 - Choosing the busbar trunking rating according to the nominal current ln
Nominal current In (A) Busbar trunking

0 to 1000 KTC1000
1001 to 1350 KTC1350
1351 to 1600 KTC1600
1601 to 2000 KTC2000
2001 to 2500 KTC2500
2501 to 3200 KTC3200
3201 to 4000 KTC4000
4001 to 5000 KTC5000
6 - Checking the rating with respect to allowable voltage drop.

The voltage drop between the start and all points of use must not be greater than
the values in the table below:
Installation supplied by: Lighting Other use

Low voltage public distribution network 3% 5%
High voltage distribution network 6% 8%
The allowable voltage drop is that which is compatible with correct load operation
(refer to manufacturers’ guides).
bb Read voltage drop in V / 100 m / A for the busbar trunking chosen in accordance
with temperature rise.
bb Determine the voltage drop for the worst case loads, i.e. those furthest from the
source and for the highest current.
If the voltage drop exceeds allowable limits, choose the next rating up.
Re-check the voltage drop for the new rating.
Voltage drop, in volts per 100 metres and per amp for 3-phase 50 Hz current with
load spread over the run. For loads concentrated at the end of a run (transport),
the voltage drops are double those shown in the table below:
Delta U for evenly distributed loads (V / 100m / A)

KTC10 KTC13 KTC16 KTC20 KTC25 KTC32 KTC40 KTC50
Cosine j = 1 0.0043 0.0031 0.0026 0.0019 0.0015 0.0013 0.0010 0.0008
Cosine j = 0.9 0.0047 0.0034 0.0029 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
Cosine j = 0.8 0.0046 0.0033 0.0028 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
Cosine j = 0.7 0.0044 0.0031 0.0027 0.0021 0.0018 0.0014 0.0012 0.0010
Example: for the KTC1600 A busbar trunking:

Ib = 1530 A
In = 1600 A
Length L = 87 m
Cosine ϕ = 0.8.
According to the above table, the voltage drop coefficient for 100 metres and per
amp is equal to 0.0028V / 100m / A.
0.0028 x 0.87 x 1530 = 3.72 V

For a voltage = 400 V, in percentages:
3.72 / 400 = 0.0093 that is to say 0.09 %.
142
7 - Protecting against busbar trunking overloads.
To allow for extensions, the busbar trunking is generally protected at its nominal
current Inc (or its allowable current Iz if the ambient temperature coefficient k1 is
applied).
bb Circuit breaker protection:
vv adjust Ir of the circuit breaker such that:
Iz = Ib x k1 y Ir y Inc
Circuit breaker protection allows the Canalis busbar trunking to be used at full
capacity because the standardised nominal current In of the circuit breaker is
In y Inc / K2 where K2 = 1.
bb Protection using gG (gI) fuse:

vv determine the standardised nominal current In of the fuse such that: In y Inc / K2
vv where K2 = 1.1
vv choose the standardised rating In that is equal to or just lower.
Check the following condition: In u Ib x k1 = Iz.
If this condition is not met, choose the busbar trunking with the next rating up.
Note: using gI fuses for protection means reducing the busbar trunking’s allowable
current.
8 - Checking the rating and choice of circuit breaker with respect to short-circuit withstand current
Short-circuit current withstand is shown in the table below.
This value must be greater than the prospective short-circuit current, at all points of
the installation.
bb Calculate the short-circuit current value at the worst case points.
bb Check the chosen rating allows the busbar trunking to cope with this short-circuit
current.
bb If this is not the case, there are 2 possible solutions:
bb choose a higher rating busbar trunking and re-check
bb provide a peak current limiting protection system upstream of the busbar
trunking.
Standard version 3L + N + PE or 3L + PE
Unit KTC10 KTC13 KTC16 KTC20 KTC25 KTC32 KTC40 KTC50
Allowable Icw kArms / 1s 50 50 65 70 80 86 90 95
rated short-
time withstand
current (t =1s)
Allowable Ipk kÂ 110 110 143 154 176 189 198 209
rated peak
current
Maximum I2t A2s.106 2500 2500 4225 4900 6400 7396 8100 9025
thermal stress
Reinforced version 3L + N+ PER
Allowable Icw kArms / 1s 65 65 85 110 113 113 120 120
rated short-
time withstand
current (t=1s)
Allowable Ipk kÂ 143 143 187 242 248 248 264 264
rated peak
current
Maximum I2t A2s.106 4225 4225 7225 12100 12769 12769 14400 14400
thermal stress
Canalis KT is more than sized to cope with short-circuit currents.

Some specific cases require checks to be carried out: transformers in parallel, low
rating Canalis installed close to a transformer, etc.
143
Design guide Protection of circuits supplied by
several paralleled transformers
Canalis KTC
9 - Choosing source and feeder circuit breakers according to the number and rating of the supply
transformers
The choice of a circuit breaker to protect a circuit depends mainly on the following
2 criteria:
bb the nominal current of the source or the loads, which determines the appropriate
rating of the device,
bb the maximum short-circuit current at the point in question, which determines the
minimum breaking capacity of the device.
DD210981
For the case of several parallel transformers (1):

bb the source circuit breaker D1 must have a breaking capacity greater than the
largest of the 2 following values:
vv either Isc1 (short-circuit at B1)
vv or Isc2 + Isc3 (short-circuit at A1)
bb the feeder circuit breaker D4 must have a breaking capacity greater than Isc1 +
Isc2 + Isc3.
The table allows the following to be determined:

bb the source circuit breaker, according to the number and rating of the supply
transformers (in the case of a single transformer, the table recommends a fixed
circuit breaker; in the case of several transformers, the table shows a drawout
circuit breaker and a fixed circuit breaker)
bb the feeder circuit breaker, according to the sources and the nominal current
rating of the feeder (the circuit breakers shown in the table can be replaced by
limiter circuit breakers if the cascading technique is to be used with other circuit
breakers downstream of the feeder).
(1) To couple several transformers in parallel, the transformers must have the same Usc,
the same transformation ratio, the same coupling and the ratio of the power rating of the
2 transformers must be less than or equal to 2.
Example:
3 incoming 1250 kVA transformers 20 kV / 410 V (In = 1760 A).
Feeders: including one 2000 A feeder, one 1600 A feeder and one 1000 A feeder.
What circuit breakers should be fitted at the incomer and for the feeders?
bb Incomer circuit breakers:
either the Drawout Masterpact NW20N1 or the Drawout NS2000N circuit breakers
can be chosen. The choice will depend on the options required.
bb Feeder circuit breakers:
the NW20H2 for the 2000 A feeder, the NW16H2 for the 1600 A feeder and the
NW10H2 for the 1000 A feeder are to be chosen.
These circuit breakers have the advantage of providing discrimination (full
discrimination) with the NW12H1 or NS1250N circuit breakers.
DD210983n
144
Calculation assumption:
bb the upstream network short-circuit power is not defined
bb the transformers are 20 kV / 410 V
bb between each transformer and corresponding circuit breaker there is 5 metres of
KT busbar trunking
bb between a source circuit breaker and a feeder circuit breaker there is 1 metre of
bars
bb the equipment is installed into a switchboard with an ambient temperature of
40°C.
Transformer Source Source circuit breaker Feeder Feeder circuit breaker

P (kVA) In (A) Usc Isc min. min. y 100 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A
(%) (kA) break. break.
cap. cap.
(kA) (kA)
1 transformer
50 70 4 2 2 NSX100N TM-D / STR22SE 2 NSX100N
100 141 4 4 4 NSX160N TM-D /STR22SE 4 NSX100N NSX160N
160 225 4 6 6 NSX250N TM-D /STR22SE 6 NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N
250 352 4 9 9 NSX400N STR23SE /53UE 9 NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N
400 563 4 14 14 NSX630N STR23SE /53UE 14 NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
630 887 4 22 22 NS1000N NT10H1 NW10N1 Micrologic 22 NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
1250 1760 6 29 29 NW20N1 Micrologic 29 NSX100H NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
1600 2253 6 38 38 NW25H1 Micrologic 38 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400N NSX630N
2000 2816 6 47 47 NW32H1 Micrologic 47 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
2500 3521 6 59 59 NW40H1 Micrologic 59 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
2 transformers
50 70 4 2 2 NSX100N TM-D /STR22SE 4 NSX100N NSX160N
160 225 4 6 6 NSX250N TM-D /STR22SE 11 NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N
250 352 4 9 9 NSX400N STR23SE /53UE 18 NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
400 563 4 14 14 NSX630N STR23SE /53UE 28 NSX100H NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
630 887 4 22 22 NS1000N NT10H1 NW10N1 Micrologic 44 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400N NSX630N
800 1127 6 19 19 NS1250N NT12H1 NW12N1 Micrologic 38 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400N NSX630N
1000 1408 6 23 23 NS1600N NT16H1 NW16N1 Micrologic 47 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
1250 1760 6 29 29 NW20N1 Micrologic 59 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
1600 2253 6 38 38 NW25H1 Micrologic 75 NSX100L NSX160L NSX250L NSX400L NSX630L
3 transformers
100 141 4 4 7 NSX160N TM-D /STR22SE 11 NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N
160 225 4 6 11 NSX250N TM-D /STR22SE 17 NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
250 352 4 9 18 NSX400N STR23SE /53UE 26 NSX100H NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
400 563 4 14 28 NSX630N STR23SE /53UE 42 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400N NSX630N
630 887 4 22 44 NS1000N NT10L1 NW10H1 Micrologic 67 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
800 1127 6 19 38 NS1250N NT12H1 NW12N1 Micrologic 56 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
1000 1408 6 23 47 NS1600N NW16H1 Micrologic 70 NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
1250 1760 6 29 59 NS2000N NW20N1 Micrologic 88 NSX100L NSX160L NSX250L NSX400L NSX630L
1600 2253 6 38 75 NS2500N NW25H2 Micrologic 113 NSX100L NSX160L NSX250L NSX400L NSX630L
2000 2816 6 47 94 NS3200N NW32H2 Micrologic 141 NSX100L NSX160L NSX250L NSX400L NSX630L
Usc values as defined in HD 428.
145
Design guide Coordination
Protection of busbar trunking against
overloads
Canalis KTC
Introduction bb System performance is guaranteed by coordination between the Schneider

Electric circuit breaker protection and the distribution spread over the Canalis
busbar trunking.
bb
bb Fully coordinated distributed electrical distribution perfectly meets the
requirements of safety, service continuity, system changes and simplicity.
bb
bb In the following pages, we will explain the advantages of the Schneider Electric
system and Schneider Electric circuit breaker protection, as well as the selection
guide tables for coordination between the Schneider Electric circuit breakers and
the Canalis busbar trunking.
bb
bb The use of Schneider Electric circuit breakers provides:
bb protection against overloads and short-circuits
bb coordination between the protective devices and the Canalis busbar trunking:
bb full discrimination from 1 to 6300 A between all the circuit breakers of the
Schneider Electric ranges
bb cascading:
bb - reinforcement of the small and medium power busbar trunking short-circuit
protective devices. This enables all short-circuit levels to be covered
bb - protection of tap-offs using standard circuit breakers: this is achieved whatever
the position of the tap-off unit on the Canalis busbar trunking
bb the use of standard circuit breakers makes for simpler design whilst respecting a
high level of dependability
bb fault location is quick and easy
bb resetting is easy once the fault has been cleared by the site operator.
Adequacy between circuit breaker In order to take into consideration thermal overload protection of busbar trunking,
the different technologies of the protection switchgear and the maximum overload
ratings and busbar trunking operating currents must be considered.
By design, the thermal adjustment of a circuit breaker is more accurate.
bb Iz = Ib x k1 x k2
Fuse vv Ib : current rating
vv Iz : allowable busbar trunking current
DD210888
vv k1 : temperature derating coefficient

vv k2 : derating coefficient linked to the type of switchgear:
- fuse k2 = 1.1
- circuit breaker k2 = 1.
bb Iz = Ib x k1.
bb In = I standardised fuse or circuit breaker.
Example:
For a current rating Ib = 1900 A in an ambient temperature of 35°C:
bb fuse protection:
Iz = Ib x k1 x k2 = 1900 x 1 x 1.1 = 2090 A
The correct choice of busbar trunking is the KTC2500 (Iz = 2500 A),
bb circuit breaker protection:
1.45 Iz Iz = Ib x k1 x k2 = 1900 x 1 x 1 = 1900 A
The correct choice of busbar trunking is the KTC2000 (Iz = 2000 A),
A difference of 20 % in the measurement of operating currents results in an over-
rating of the busbar trunking of 10 % if it is protected by fuses.
Circuit breaker Explanations

bb Calibration of thermal asymptotes:
DD210887
vv the distribution fuse is calibrated to operate for overloads of between 1.25 and
1.6 times its nominal current (In fuse)
vv the circuit breaker is calibrated to operate for overloads of between 1.05 and
1.3 times (1.2 for circuit breakers with electronic protection) its setting current (Ir
which is a function of circuit breaker In).
bb Maximum operating current:
vv the maximum limit for this current is set by installation standards (IEC 364,
NFC 15-100, etc) at 1.45 times the allowable current of the busbar trunking.
146
Thermal setting accuracy bb A fuse is for a fixed rating, a change in the current to be protected requires a
change of fuse.
The spacing between 2 fuse ratings is around 25 %.
The typical ratings are conform to the numbers of the "Renard" series.
Example: 40 - 50 - 63 - 80 - 100 - 125 - 160 - 200 - etc.
bb The circuit breaker provides the possibility of fine adjustment:
vv 5 % for circuit breakers fitted with standard thermal-magnetic trip units
vv 3 % for circuit breakers fitted with electronic trip units.
A circuit breaker with a nominal rating of 100 A can be easily set to the following
values:
Ir = 100 A, 95 A, 90 A, 85 A, 80 A.
Example:
A circuit breaker with a nominal rating of 1600 A set at 1344 A would be used to
protect a KTC1600 (Inc = 1344 A) busbar trunking used in an ambient temperature
of 50°C (k1 = 0.84).
Setting range of circuit breakers fitted Circuit breakers fitted with electronic trip units have the following setting ranges:
bb thermal protection Ir adjustable from 0.4 In to In
with electronic trip units bb short-circuit protection adjustable from 2 Ir to 10 Ir.
Example:
A 250 A circuit breaker (NS250N fitted with an STR22SE) can easily have the
DD210603
following settings:
bb thermal protection from 100 to 250 A
bb short-circuit protection from 200 to 2500 A.
Avdantages
This provides great flexibility for:
bb modifications (flexibility), extensions (installation changes): the protective
Example of setting possibilities. devices easily adapt to the load to be protected and to the earthing system
(protection of personnel and equipment)
bb maintenance, the use of this type of device considerably reduces the stocks of
maintenance components.
147
Design guide Coordination
Protection against short-circuits
Canalis KTC
Busbar trunking characteristics The busbar trunking must meet all of the rules detailed in IEC 61439-1 and
IEC 61439-6.
The sizing of busbar trunking for short-circuits is determined by the following
characteristics:
bb the allowable rated peak current Ipk (kÂ).
This characteristic represents the busbar trunking’s instantaneous electrodynamic
withstand limits. The peak current value is often the most restrictive instantaneous
characteristic for the protective device
bb The maximum short-time withstand rms current Icw (kArms / s).
This characteristic represents the allowable temperature rise limit of the conductors
during a given time period (0.1 to 1s)
bb The thermal stress in A2s.
This characteristic represents the instantaneous thermal stress withstand of the
busbar trunking. In general, if the short-circuit generates fault conditions compatible
with the first two characteristics, this constraint is "automatically satisfied".
Circuit breaker characteristics The circuit breaker must satisfy the requirements of product construction standards
(IEC 60947-2, etc) and installation standards (IEC 60364 or those in force in
the country concerned), i.e. have a breaking capacity Icu (1) greater than the
prospective short-circuit current Isc at the point where it is installed.
(1) Installation standard IEC 60364 and construction standards specify the breaking capacity of
a circuit breaker as being:
- the ultimate breaking capacity, Icu, if it is not coordinated with an upstream protective device,
- the reinforced breaking capacity (cascading) if there is coordination with the upstream
protective device.
Circuit breaker / busbar trunking system When the busbar trunking is directly protected, the circuit breaker must be chosen
as follows:
characteristics bb Icu of the circuit breaker u prospective Isc at point A
bb I peak of the busbar trunking u prospective asymmetrical or limited Isc at point A
bb busbar trunking thermal withstand Icw u thermal stress through the busbar
DD210986
trunking.
When the busbar trunking is protected downstream of a cable, the circuit breaker
must be chosen as follows:
bb Icu of the circuit breaker u prospective Isc at point A
bb I peak of the busbar trunking u prospective asymmetrical or limited Isc at point B
bb busbar trunking thermal withstand Icw u thermal stress through the busbar
trunking.
DD210987
148
Circuit breaker / busbar trunking
coordination
Non-limiting or time-delayed circuit
breaker
This is applicable for non-limiting circuit breakers (instantaneous or time-delayed)
DD210988
and time-delayed limiting circuit breakers.

These are mainly air circuit breakers (u 800 A).
This type of circuit breaker is used for time discrimination and is therefore often
associated with KT type busbar trunking.
It must be checked that the busbar trunking can handle the peak fault current to
which it may be subjected and the thermal withstand during any time delay.
The allowable peak current (I peak) of the busbar trunking must be greater than the
peak current value of the prospective asymmetrical short-circuit current (Isc asym)
at A.
The asymmetrical short-circuit current value is obtained by multiplying the
Current value of the 1st peak as a function of Isc rms. symmetrical short-circuit current value (Isc) by a standardised asymmetrical
coefficient (k).
It is the first value of the 1st transient asymmetrical peak of the short-circuit which is
DD210989
taken into account.
Standardised table for calculating asymmetrical short-circuit values

Isc: prospective symmetrical short- Asymmetrical coefficient
circuit value
kA (rms value) k
4,5 y I y 6 1.5
6 < I y 10 1.7
10 < I y 20 2.0
20 < I y 50 2.1
50 < I 2.2
Example:
Transient and established conditions of a short duration short- For a circuit with a prospective short-circuit current of 50 kA rms, the 1st peak
circuit. reaches 105 kÂ (50 kA x 2.1), see figure opposite.
The short-time withstand value (Icw) of the busbar trunking must be greater than
the current flowing through the installation during the duration of the short-circuit
(Isc) (duration T - total breaking time - including any time delay).
At point A, the prospective short-circuit current is 117 kArms.

DD210990n
To meet this constraint, a reinforced KTC4000 is needed because:

Icw KTC4000 > Isc prospective at point A.
The Icw or Ipk values of standard or reinforced KTC trunking allow the easy
construction of circuits with time discrimination, even with high short-circuit values.
149
Design guide Circuit breaker / busbar trunking
coordination
Limiter circuit breaker
Canalis KTC
This is mainly applicable to the protection of busbar trunking using moulded case
circuit breakers (y 1600 A).
This type of circuit breaker is used for energy discrimination and is therefore often
associated with Canalis KTC.
Here, it has to be checked that the busbar trunking can cope with the peak current
(Ipk) limited by the protective device and the corresponding thermal stress (A²s):
bb the peak current (I peak), once limited by the circuit breaker, must be less than
the allowable peak current value of the busbar trunking
bb the thermal stress, once limited by the circuit breaker, must be less than the
allowable thermal stress of the busbar trunking.
DD210991
Checking peak I withstand of the busbar trunking.

DD210992
Checking A²s withstand of the busbar trunking.
150
Protecting busbar trunking with
a Compact NS circuit breaker
Limiting capacity Compact NS circuit breakers are high current limiting circuit breakers.
The limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is its capacity to only allow a limited
current (IL) to flow in the event of a short-circuit. This limited current being less
than the prospective asymmetrical peak short-circuit current (Isc).
This greatly reduces the electrodynamic and thermal constraints on the installation
to be protected.
Applying limiting capacity to busbar Even if this combination is less frequent than for KS busbar trunking, some KT
ratings can benefit from the association with a limiter circuit breaker.
trunking protection
High power installation
If the circuit breaker’s limiting capacity is not taken into account:
bb the prospective short-circuit current value (Isc) at point A would be 121 kÂ
bb KTC1600 would be the appropriate choice of busbar trunking.
DD210993nC
If the limiting capacity of the Compact NS1000L is taken into account, the limited
Ipk is 50 kÂ < 110 kÂ of the KTC1000 busbar trunking.
Because of the high limiting capacity of the Compact NS1000L, a KTC1000 busbar
trunking can be installed into a prospective short-circuit current at point A of 150 kA
rms or 300 kÂ.
151
Design guide Selection guide
Canalis KTC
The selection guide below will, according to the prospective short-circuit current of
the installation, allow you to determine the type of circuit breaker needed to fully
protect the busbar trunking.
Example: for an installation with a prospective Isc of 150 kA, the circuit breaker
needed to protect a KTC1350 A busbar trunking is a NS1000L or NT10L1 (the
rating depends on the circuit’s nominal current).
For a voltage of 380 / 415 V

Type of Canalis busbar trunking KTC1000
Isc max kArms 42 kA 50 kA 65 kA 85 kA 100 kA 150 kA
Type of circuit Compact NS NS800N NS800L
breaker NS1000N NS1000L
NS1250N
Masterpact NT NT08H1 NT08H2 NT08L1
NT10H1 NT10H2 NT10L1
NT12H1 NT12H2
Masterpact NW NW08N1 NW08H1
NW10N1 NW10H1
NW12N1 NW12H1
Type of Canalis busbar trunking KTC1000 Reinforced short-circuit level
Type of circuit Compact NS NS800N NS800H NS800L
breaker NS1000N NS1000H NS1000L
NS1250H
NT10H1 NT10H2 NT10L1
NT12H1 NT12H2
Masterpact NW NW08N1 NW08H1 NW08L1
NW10N1 NW10H1 NW10L1
Type of circuit Compact NS NS1000N NS1000L
breaker NS1250N
NS1600N
NT12H1 NT12H2
NT16H1 NT16H2
NW12N1 NW12H1
NW16N1 NW16H1
Type of circuit Compact NS NS1000N NS1000H NS1000L
breaker NS1250N NS1250H
NS1600N NS1600H
NT12H1 NT12H2
NT16H1 NT16H2
Type of circuit Compact NS NS1250N NS1250H
NS1600bN
NS2000N
Masterpact NT NT12H1 NT12H2
NT16H1 NT16H2
NW20H1 NW20H1 NW20L1
breaker NS1600H
NS1600bN NS1600bH
NS2000N NS2000H
NT16H1 NT16H2
Masterpact NW NW12N1 NW12H1 NW12H2 NW12L1
NW16N1 NW16H1 NW16H2 NW16L1
152
Type of circuit Compact NS NS1600bN
breaker NS2000N
Masterpact NW NW16N1 NW16H1 NW 16 L1
NW25H1 NW25H1
Type of circuit Compact NS NS1600bN NS1600bH
NW20H1 NW20H1 NW20H2 NW20L1
NW25H1 NW25H1 NW25H2
Type of circuit Masterpact NW NW20H1 NW20H2 NW20L1 NW20L1
breaker NW25H1 NW25H2
NW32H1 NW32H2
Type of circuit Masterpact NW NW20H1 NW20H2 NW20L1 (150 kA)
breaker NW25H1 NW25H2 NW25H3
Type of circuit Masterpact NW NW25H1 NW25H2
NW40H1 NW40H2
NW40bH1
Isc max kArms 42 kA 50 kA 65 kA 100 kA 11 0kA
NW40bH1 NW40bH2
NW40bH1 NW40bH1
NW50H1 NW50H1
Type of circuit Masterpact NW NW32H1 NW32H2 NW32H3
NW40bH1 NW40bH1 NW40bH2
breaker NW40bH1
NW50H1
NW63H1
breaker NW40bH1 NW40bH1 NW40bH2
153
Design guide Selection guide
Canalis KTC
For a voltage of 660 / 690 V

Type of circuit Compact NS NS800N NS800H NS800LB
NS1250N NS1250H
Masterpact NT NT08H1/H2
NT10H1/H2
NT12H1/H2
NW10N1 NW10H1
NW12N1 NW12H1
Type of circuit Compact NS NS800N NS800H NS800LB
NS1250N NS1250H
NT10H1/H2
NT12H1/H2
NW10N1 NW10H1
NW12N1 NW12H1
NS1600N NS1600H
NS1600bN
NT12H1/H2
NT16H1/H2
NW12N1 NW12H1
NW16N1 NW16H1
NS1600N NS1600H
NS1600bN NS1600bN
NT12H1/H2
NT16H1/H2
NS1600bN
NS2000N
NT16H1/H2
NW20H1 NW20 L1
NS1600bN
NS2000N
NT16H1/H2
breaker NS1600bN
NS2000N
NS2500N
NW20H1 NW20L1
NW25H1
154
breaker NS1600bN
NS2000N
NS2500N
Type of circuit Compact NS NS2000N
breaker NS2500N
NS3200N
Masterpact NW NW20H1 NW20H2 NW20L1
NW25H1 NW25H2
NW32H1 NW32H2
breaker NS2500N
NS3200N
Masterpact NW NW20H1 NW20H2 NW20H3
breaker NS3200N
Masterpact NW NW25H1 NW25H2
NW32H1 NW32H2
NW40H1 NW40H2
NW40b H1/H2
breaker NS3200N
Masterpact NW NW25H1 NW25H2 NW25H3
NW40bH1/2
Type of Canalis busbar trunking KTAC4000
breaker Masterpact NW NW32H1 NW32H2
NW40H1 NW40H2
NW40bH1/H2
NW50 H1/H2
breaker Masterpact NW NW32H1 NW32H2 NW32H3
NW40bH1/H2
NW50H1/H2
breaker NW40bH1/H2
NW50H1/H2
NW63H1/H2
breaker NW40bH1/H2
NW50H1/H2
NW63H1/H2
155
Design guide Degree of protection
Canalis KTC
Standard IEC 60364-5-51 categorises a large number of external influences to

which electrical installations can be subjected, for instance the presence of water,
solid objects, shocks, vibrations and corrosive substances.
The importance of these influences depends on the installation conditions. For
example, the presence of water can vary from a few drops to total immersion.
Degree of protection IP Standard IEC 60529 (February 2001) indicates the degree of protection provided
by electrical equipment enclosures against accidental direct contact with live parts
and against the ingress of solid foreign objects or water.
This standard does not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or
conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin.
The IP code comprises 2 characteristic numerals and may include an additional

letter when the actual protection of persons against direct contact with live parts is
better than that indicated by the first numeral.
The first numeral characterises the protection of the equipment against penetration
of solid objects and the protection of people.
The second numeral characterises the protection of the equipment against
penetration of water with harmful effects.
Remarks concerning the degree of protection IP

The degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by
numeral and not as a whole.
For example, an IP31 enclosure is suitable for an environment that requires a
minimum degree of protection IP21. However an IP30 wall-mount enclosure is not
suitable.
The degrees of protection indicated in this catalogue are valid for the enclosures
as presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when
the installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional
standard practice.
Additional letter
Protection of persons against direct contact with live parts.
The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than
that indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code.
If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are
replaced by the letter "X", e.g. IPxxB.
Degree of protection IK Standard IEC 62-262 defines a coding system (IK code) indicating the degree of
protection provided by electrical equipment enclosures against external mechanical
impact.
Installation standard IEC 60-364 provides a cross-reference between the various

degrees of protection and the environmental conditions classification, relating to
the selection of equipment according to external factors.
IK codepp
The IK code comprises 2 characteristic numerals (e.g. IK05).
Practical guide UTE C 15-103 shows, in the form of tables, the characteristics
required for electrical equipment (including minimum degrees of protection),
according to the locations in which they are installed.
156
Meaning of the numerals and letters The new Canalis KTC busbar trunking products are designed to provide IP55D and
IK08 protection.
representing the degree of protection IP.
DD202437
1st characteristic numeral: corresponds to protection of equipment against 2nd characteristic numeral: corresponds to
penetration of solid objects and protection of persons against direct contact with protection of equipment against penetration of
live parts. water with harmful effects.
Protection of equipment Protection of persons Protection of equipment
Non-protected. Non-protected.
0 Non-protected.
0
Protected against the Protected against direct

1 Protected against vertical
1
DD210014
DD210006
penetration of solid objects contact with the back of the dripping water (condensation).
having a diameter greater than hand (accidental contact).
or equal to 50 mm.
2 Protected against dripping
2
DD210015
DD210007
penetration of solid objects finger contact. water at an angle of up to 15°.
having a diameter greater than
or equal to 12.5 mm.
3 Protected against rain at an
3
DD210016
DD210008
penetration of solid objects contact with a 2.5 mm angle of up to 60°.
having a diameter greater than diameter tool.
or equal to 2.5 mm.
4 Protected against splashing
4
DD210017
DD210009
penetration of solid objects contact with a 1 mm diameter water in all directions.
having a diameter greater than wire.
1 mm.
Dust protected Protected against direct
5 Protected against water jets
5
DD210018
DD210010
(no harmful deposits). contact with a 1 mm diameter in all directions.
wire. Test duration: 1 mn/m² casing
Dust tight. Protected against direct

6 Protected against powerful jets
6
DD210019
DD210011
contact with a 1 mm diameter of water and waves.
wire.
Protected against the effects of

temporary immersion. 7 DD210012
Protected against the effects

8
DD210013
of prolonged immersion under

specified conditions.
Additional letter
Corresponds to protection of persons against direct contact with A With the back of the hand.
live parts.
B With the finger.
C With a 2.5 mm diameter tool
D With a 1 mm diameter tool
Degrees of protection IK against mechanical impact

The IK code comprises 2 characteristic numerals corresponding Weight Height Energy
to a value of impact energy, in joules. (kg) (cm) (J)
00 Non-protected
DD210533
01 0.20 7.50 0.15

02 10 0.20
03 17.50 0.35
04 25 0.50
05 35 0.70
06 0.50 20 1
07 40 2
08 1.70 30 5
09 5 20 10
10 40 20
157
Design guide Harmonic currents
Canalis KTC
Origin of harmonic currents Harmonic currents are caused by non-linear loads connected to distribution
systems, i.e. by loads that draw current with a waveform different that that of the
voltage that supplies them.
The most common non-linear loads are equipment including rectifiers, fluorescent
lighting and computer hardware.
In installations with a distributed neutral, non-linear loads may cause significant

overloads in the neutral conductor due to the presence of third-order harmonics.
Harmonic order
DD210679
The order is the ratio
between the harmonic
frequency fn and the
fundamental frequency
(generally the power
frequency, 50 or 60 Hz):
n = fn / f1
By definition, the
fundamental f1 is order 1
(H1).
Third-order harmonics (H3)

have a frequency of 150 Hz
(when f1 = 50 Hz).
Estimating THD (total harmonic The presence of third-order harmonics depends on the applications involved.
It is necessary to carry out an in-depth study on each non-linear load to determine
distortion) the level of H3:
ih3 (%) = 100 x i3 / i1
bb i3 = rms current of H3
bb i1 = rms current of the fundamental
Assuming that H3 is preponderant among harmonics, the THD is close to the value
of H3 (ih3 (%)).
There are two decisive factors:

bb the types of connected devices:
vv disturbing loads: fluorescent lighting, computer hardware, rectifiers, arc furnaces,
etc.
vv non-disturbing loads: heating, motors, pumps, etc.
bb the ratio between the two types of disturbing loads.
PD202028_r
PD202029_r
Workshops Offices
Mix of disturbing loads (computers, Numerous disturbing loads (computers,
UPSs, fluorescent lighting) and non- UPSs, fluorescent lighting).
disturbing loads (motors, pumps,
heating).
Low probability of harmonics High probability of harmonics

THD y 15 %. 15 % < THD y 33 %.
158
Effects of harmonics on Canalis busbar Fundamental frequency: ih1 (50 Hz)
DD210681
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3 N
trunking No current in the neutral.
The conductors are correctly sized.
i h1
i h1
i h1
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3 N Fundamental frequency: ih1 (50 Hz) and 33 % of
DD210680
H3
i h3
Abnormal temperature rise in the conductors caused
by current at a higher frequency in the phases (skin
i h1 effect) and current in the neutral caused by summing
i h1
i h1
i h3
of the H3 harmonics.
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
The only effective solution
DD210680
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3 N Ph1 Ph2 Ph3 N
DD210683
Fundamental frequency:
ih1 (50 Hz) and
33 % H3
i h3
i h3
i h1
i h1
i h1
i h1
i h1
i h1
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
Reduce the current

density in ALL conductors
by using appropriately
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
sized trunking.
Busbar-trunking selection
THD y 15 % 15 % < THD y 33 % THD > 33 % Busbar trunking Rating (A)
1000 800 630 KTC 1000
1350 1000 800 KTC 1350
1600 1350 1000 KTC 1600
2000 1600 1350 KTC 2000
2500 2000 1600 KTC 2500
3200 2500 2000 KTC 3200
4000 3200 2500 KTC 4000
5000 4000 3200 KTC 5000
Example. For a total rms current of 2356 A (estimation based on power drawn by loads,
including harmonics), the operational current is 2500 A.
THD is estimated at 30 %. The appropriate trunking is KTC 3200 A.
For more information on harmonics

See the Cahier Technique publications on the Schneider Electric web site:
www.schneider-electric.com
159
Design guide Direct current
Canalis KTC
Determining the DC current value Thermal effect

Rule
The total power dissipated as heat must remain constant in the duct:
Pac = Pdc
Where:
bb the power dissipated as heat: Pac = 3 x R x Iac² where:
vv R= resistance of a conductor
vv Iac = conductor rms current
bb the dissipated power for 4 conductors: Pdc = 4 x R x Idc² where:
vv Idc = direct current.
Selection table
bb 1 source
Case of 2 conductors in parallel for the + and 2 conductor in parallel for the – (only
1 circuit in the busbar trunking):
DD210893
bb 2 sources
Case of 1 conductor for the + and 1 conductor for the – (2 circuits possible in the
same busbar trunking):
DD210894
Busbar trunking rating (A) 1 source 2 sources

1000 1732 866
1350 2165 1083
1600 2771 1385
2000 3464 1732
2500 4330 2165
3200 5542 2771
4000 6928 3464
5000 8660 4330
160
Protection
With DC, there is no zero crossing point of the voltage and current to facilitate arc
extinction in the protective device.
The arcing time is longer and the energy that has to be absorbed is higher than for
AC.
The voltage of the DC arc must rise to the source voltage very quickly in order to
"put out" the short-circuit current.
"Shortened" electrical equation: Unetwork = R x Isc + Uarc where:
bb Isc = (Unetwork - Uarc) / R
bb Isc = 0 when Uarc = Unetwork.
Use with specific switchgear

A quick rise in arcing voltage can be achieved by using series fuses, one fuse on
the + and one fuse on the – of each circuit.
For some current rating and fuse characteristics, the placing of two fuses in series
on each polarity may be specified (highly inductive circuit).
In some cases, two fuses must be placed in parallel for each polarity.
Saline environment
For use in a saline environment, storage and installation precautions must be
followed.
Please contact your sales office.
161
Design guide Frequencies
400 Hz
Canalis KTC
KT busbar trunking derating at 400 Hz Values at 35 °C.

Application of a derating coefficient at 400 Hz combined with that for temperature
derating.
Busbar trunking derating

In (A) 688 851 1014 1327 1635 2024 2394 3162
Coefficient K at 0.86 0.85 0.84 0.83 0.82 0.81 0.80 0.79
400 Hz
Voltage drop 3-phase voltage drop, in millivolts per metre and per amp 400 Hz with load spread
over the run.
For a concentration of load at the end of a run (transport), the voltage drops are
double those shown in the table below.
Delta U evenly spread (mV. A. m)

Cos Φ = 1.0 0.079 0.068 0.057 0.044 0.038 0.033 0.025 0.020
Cos Φ = 0.9 0.12 0.109 0.096 0.079 0.067 0.054 0.045 0.039
Cos Φ = 0.8 0.13 0.121 0.108 0.089 0.076 0.060 0.051 0.045
Conductor characteristics Conductor impedance

Average ohmic 0.092 0.079 0.066 0.051 0.044 0.039 0.029 0.023
resistance of
phase and neutral
conductors at In (1)
Rb1ph (mΩ / m)
Average resistance 0.14 0.128 0.120 0.104 0.088 0.064 0.059 0.056
at In and rated
F(Hz) (1)
Xph (mΩ / m)
(1) In line with the CENELEC RO.64.013 document.
162
Measurements and metering
Canalis part of StruxureWare
The StruxureWare platform Canalis associated to Schneider Electric measurement and communication devices
provides a simple solution to access information (status, measurements, etc.)
available from your electrical distribution equipment (transformers, switchboards,
busbar trunking).
DD205669_r
This information can be accessed from any PC connected to your Ethernet network.
The supervision can make your company more competitive by:

bb reducing operating costs
bb optimising equipment performance
bb improving the reliability of the electrical power supply.
DD205666
DD205668_r
DD205671
Customer needs for measurements and In all non-residential buildings, the need for sub-metering exists and is growing
underthe combined effects of:
metering bb national and supra-national energy regulations
bb the need to reduce overheads and production costs
bb the allocation of energy expenditures to cost centres
bb the outsourcing of operations tasks to specialists.
Operators must therefore have access to reliable pre-processed information in

order to:
bb identify areas for potential savings
bb model building energy flows and anticipate evolving needs
bb optimise energy supply and consumption.
163
Design guide Measurements and metering
Canalis part of StruxureWare
Canalis KTC
Loads monitored by a power meter in Canalis offers measurement and metering units that can be mounted on both
Canalis KS and KT trunking ranges, available in two ratings (250 A and 400 A).
tap-off units They are equipped with mounting plates designed to receive a PowerLogic
PM810 Power Meter, a Compact NS circuit breaker and the associated current
DD205664
transformers.
Data are collected by a Modbus serial communication bus and converted in

Ethernet TCP/IP through an EGX gateway. Provided informations can easily be
used in a supervision system.
DD205663
Data acquisition in distributed When busbar trunking is located upstream of a secondary trunking line, the
measurement devices should be installed in the tap-off units.
architectures
DD205665
164
165
Design guide Fire resistance
Canalis KTC
As required by standards, Canalis KT busbar trunking complies with:

1 - material resistance to abnormal temperatures.
2 - flame propagation resistance.
3 - fire barrier function when going through a partition wall.
4 - conservation of all circuits for 1.30 hours in an insulating sheath.
Definition of tests 1 - Insulating material resistance test to abnormal

temperatures
Objective
To check a material will not be suspected as being the origin of a secondary fire
outbreak.
As defined in standards § 8.1.3 IEC 61439-1 and IEC 60695-2-10 to -2-13.
Method
Application of an incandescent wire for 30 seconds on the insulating materials in
contact with live parts.
Result criteria
The specimen is considered to have passed the incandescent wire test if:
bb if there is no visible flame and no sustained incandescence
bb the specimen’s flames and incandescence go out within 30 seconds of the
incandescent wire being removed.
2 - Flame propagation resistance test

Objective
To check a busbar trunking will not create secondary fire outbreaks.
As defined in standards § 10.101 IEC 61439-6 and IEC 60332 part 3.
Method
bb Application of a flame for 40 minutes on a straight length of busbar trunking
whose centre is located 2.5 metres from the edge of the burner.
Result criteria
The specimen is considered to have passed the test if:
bb combustion does not occur
bb the maximum extent of the burned part (external and internal) of the busbar
trunking does not go beyond 2.5 metres above the lower edge of the burner.
166
3 - Fire barrier test through a partition wall
Objective
To check a busbar trunking will not propagate a fire from one room to another by
crossing a fire barrier wall for 60, 120, 180, or 240 minutes.
As defined in standard EN 1366-3; EN 1363-1; ISO 834; DIN 4102 part 9.
Method
The fire barrier busbar trunking section to be tested is placed in an oven which
executes a standardised temperature-time curve.
Result criteria
bb there are no flames behind the fire barrier
bb there is no smoke or gas behind the fire barrier (not requested by the standard;
can appear as a remark in the test report)
bb the temperature rise of the casing behind the fire barrier does not exceed 180°C.
4 - Conservation of all circuits in fire conditions test

Objective
To check all the busbar trunking’s electrical circuits are preserved in fire conditions.
As defined in standard DIN 4102 part 12.
Method
Its entire length inserted, the busbar trunking is taken as a specimen in an
insulating sheath.
Result criteria
bb conductor continuity is preserved
bb there is no short-circuit between conductors.
167
Design guide Seismic resistance
Canalis KTC
Seismic zones worldwide

DD405612
zone 4
zone 3
zone 2
zone 1
zone 0
Canalis KT is seismic certified in accordance with the protocol described in IEC

60980 and a seismic level equivalent to >7 on the Richter scale and severity 9 on the
international MSK- 64 scale.
The spectrum used for testing is the one specified for civil engineering and nuclear
applications in GOST 17516.1-90.
Spectrum according to GOST

GOST nuclear market spectra
DB402698
3
Acceleration (g)
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Frequency (Hz)
GOST horizontal
GOST vertical
168
Installation and support
Supports for conventional applications can be used for seismic applications by
following the recommendations below:
bb For flexible support

Use of supports and rods, reference KTB0000ZA1, with a minimum length of 1000
mm and additional clamping as per the following diagram.
DB402682

Safety limit: 250 mm round the busbar trunking (amplitude noted during testing).
bb For rigid support

Use of conventional mechanically welded consoles with rigid busbar trunking
fastening.
DB402683
For both cases:

bb its conventional fixing centre distances are maintained (3 m edgewise, 2 m flat)
bb the levels achieved are applicable for horizontal, edgewise or flat or vertical
installations.
169
Design guide Testing and commissioning
procedure
Canalis KTC
All the operations described below are given for indication only. Under no
circumstances can they be used to substitute the installation company’s own
procedures and engage Schneider Electric’s responsibility.
Scope
High power busbar trunking, transformer-switchboard links.
Required tools
bb Multimeter.
bb 500 V megger.
bb Roto-phase.
Prerequisites
bb If need be, the old equipment has been removed from the premises.
bb The new equipment has been manoeuvred into the premises where it is to be
installed by the installation contractor.
bb The equipment has been installed by the installation contractor in accordance
with manufacturer’s recommendations.
bb The equipment’s installation diagram, connection diagram and assembly results
sheet are available for the commissioning engineer.
De-energising the installation and making it safe

The works manager is responsible for worksite safety and must ensure the
installation is de-energised and made safe in accordance with safety rules before
any inspection or measurement is performed.
Equipment checking, positioning and After the installation contractor has positioned, assembled and connected the
busbar trunking in accordance with the supplied installation, assembly and
identification connection diagrams, and using the recommended tools and handling equipment,
the following characteristics must:
bb be noted
bb be checked for compliance with respect to the details shown on the drawing.
Brand - Busbar trunking rating: -

Equipment type: - Serial number: -
Reference: - Date of manufacture: -
Transformer power: - Source circuit breaker
(busbar trunking
protection): -
General visual inspection

The equipment has been chosen according to its electrical environment (rating and
protection adapted to operating conditions).
The following points do not require checking.
Points concerning reception, storage and handling

No signs of:
bb shock (which may deteriorate internal insulation: conductor insulation on straight
lengths or at the tap-off points or joint blocks)
bb humidity or oxidation (equipment stored outside should have been covered with
a plastic sheet, sheltered from humidity, dirt and dust)
bb firm’s label defining the product’s characteristics.
170
Points concerning installation and fittings
DD206098
Assembly compliance with the specifications of the installation drawing, service

instructions and the catalogue:
bb no busbar trunking twisting
bb positioning and distance of the busbar trunking with respect to the building
bb fixings, compliance of the between centres distance of the equipment for flat or
edgewise, horizontal or vertical distribution
bb clamps, not fully blocked to allow movement due to longitudinal forces
bb presence of expansion sections if necessary.
Checking power connections General visual inspection

Check the number of connection parts and their cross-sections for each conductor
(see "Installation guide").
DD210781
Check insulation distances between 2 conductors and between conductors and

metal panels.
Check the tightening torque of bolts not fitted with torque nuts. For bolts fitted with
torque nuts, check the head has broken-off.
DD202389
DD210764
Check the bolt length exceeding the nut ; some bolts may have been removed and
then put back, but left untightened.
Mark each tightened nut using indelible varnish. As well as a means of self-
inspection to ensure correct tightening torque, it also allows any untightening to be
identified.
Class 8-8 nuts and bolts (M8 on LV switchboard side, see "Commissioning Guide
for Schneider Electric LV Switchboards").
Bolt Tightening torque
HM16 16 daN.m
HM14 12 daN.m
HM12 7 daN.m
HM10 5 daN.m
The results of all these checks must be noted on the results sheet by the
installation contractor.
PB104861
Checking insulation between live conductors

These measurements and checks can only be performed if:
bb each link is disconnected by an isolating device
bb each link is disconnected from the upstream transformer, with the main circuit
breaker upstream of the LV switchboard unplugged and in the open position.
Test means: 500V DC megger (DC to avoid capacitive currents)
Measurements: 6 measurements between live conductors (between phases and
then between each phase and neutral).
LV circuit insulation value (U < 500 Volts): 1000 ohms/volt of nominal voltage
(IEC 61439-1) allowed.
In all cases, the insulation resistance must not be less than 0.5 MΩ for each link
(operating device).
Note: KT busbar trunking is given for U = 1000 V and Ri = 1 MΩ (value to be taken

into account for all elements: transport and accessories, distribution).
171
Design guide Testing and commissioning
procedure
Canalis KTC
Checking the earth network and locks Earth network

General visual inspection
Check:
bb the galvanised steel casing sides are earthed (note: this depends on the earthing
system)
bb connection quality
bb cable cross-section
bb there are no loose metal parts (washers, screws) in the tap-off units.
Note: the results of these checks must have already been noted on the results
sheet by the installation contractor.
Checking insulation between live conductors and earth

Following this check, each link must be reconnected to the upstream transformer
(use the 2nd available 6 daN.m torque bolt heads).
Test means: 500V DC megger (DC to avoid capacitive currents)

Measurements: between each phase or neutral (1) and earth (the casing if it is
connected to earth).
PB104862
LV circuit insulation value (U < 500 V): 1000 Ω of nominal voltage (IEC 61439-1)
allowed.
In all cases, the insulation resistance must not be less than 0.5 MΩ for each link
(operating device).
Note: KT busbar trunking is given for U = 1000 V and Ri = 1 MΩ (value to be taken

into account for all elements: transport and accessories, distribution).
(1) No neutral insulation if the earthing system is such that the neutral is connected to or used
as the earth.
Caution: In this case, once the transformer has been reconnected (star secondary), the phase-
earth measurement is the winding resistance.
PE protective circuit equipotential

Reference: IEC 61439-1:
Check PE protective circuit continuity by visual inspection and random continuity
testing.
The previously performed "phases-PE" insulation test must have been compliant.
Test means: ohmmeter.
Locks
To protect personnel by not allowing access to live parts through the use of locks.
Only concerns key operated safety locks.
Checking connections and auxiliary Check not relevant to busbar trunking.

testing
172
De-energised equipment operating tests Checking source circuit breaker protection settings
Compliance check in accordance with the installation drawing specifications:
bb Imax thermal
bb In magnetic.
Note: this check is only to be performed if the busbar trunking is commissioned

at the same time as the transformer: the source circuit breaker protection setting
checks are related to transformer commissioning.
Check not relevant if the transformer has already been commissioned.
If this check is successful, the busbar trunking can be commissioned and

the energised operating tests performed with the appropriate protective
equipment
Commissioning and energised Note: commissioning can only be carried out by personnel with appropriate
authorisations.
equipment operating tests
Preliminary operation: energising the off-load transformer.
Closing the source circuit breaker.
Checking phase order

Objective: to detect, in order to correct, an inversion of the phases or neutral
amongst the busbar trunking’s 4 incoming and outgoing connections with respect
to the transformer output.
Test means: roto-phase or 3-phase harmonic analyser.
If busbar trunking energising is successful, a progressive start-up of the factory

must be requested to definitively validate commissioning.
If unsuccessful, the previous checks must be carried out again to try and
locate the fault. Before undertaking this, the equipment must once again be
made safe.
Final putting into service test

This test is performed once the busbar trunking has been energised. The
progressive start-up of loads will highlight any undesirable phenomena due to the
increased average load.
Real life operating test

Once the high power busbar trunking has been energised, the other busbar
trunking must be gradually put into service starting with those furthest from the
load, then each load itself, those with high pull-in currents, then the lighting,
contactors, heating, motors, etc.
There must not be excessive vibration, and no sparkovers should be observed.
The test simply consists of checking correct busbar trunking operation according
to:
bb the average number of machines in operation
bb the load variation of each individual load
bb the simultaneous operation of machines (superimposing of peaks).
If everything is in order, the busbar trunking is declared "in-service".

Testing is completed.
173
174
Contents Installation guide
Index 3
Introduction 17
Design guide 135
Layout advice 176

Run optimisation 176
Positioning and supports 179
Anticipate unexpected worksite problems 182
Tips for determining dimensions at the worksite 183
Horizontal distribution 186

Positioning the tap-off units 186
Tap-off units 187
Checking and compensating for expansion 188
Rising mains 192

General 192
Positioning the busbar trunking without external fire barrier 193
Positioning the tap-off units 194
Positioning of supports 195
Positioning the external fire barriers 196
Installation with feed via a cable box or direct onto the switchboard 197
Panorama of connection solutions 200
Connection to LV switchboards 202

Selection guide 202
By Canalis interface 204
By universal feed unit 210
By feed and connection plates 212
Connection to cast resin transformers 216

Selection guide 216
Connection to Trihal cast resin transformers 218

By Canalis interface 218
By universal feed and connection plates 221
Connection to oil immersed transformers 226

Selection guide 226
By feed and connection plates or braids 228
Other connection solutions 233
Recommandations 235
175
Installation guide Layout advice
Run optimisation
Canalis KTC
CanBrass software CanBrass software can be used to design the busbar trunking line.
The easy-to-use program creates a graphic model of the line, determines the
length and draws up the list of Canalis KT parts to order.
PD202428_r
The Canalis KT line is easy to specify simply by indicating the required dimensions.
However, it is strongly advised to use the shortest and simplest path possible
between the transformer and the switchboard.
It is important to carefully plan the layout of the transformer and switchboard in
order to use:
bb the maximum number of standard components rather than made-to-measure
components
bb the minimum number of components for changing direction
bb straight made-to-measure components rather than made-to-measure
components for changing direction.
Advice Before defining your busbar trunking run, it is recommended you pay particular
attention to the various parameters which could be detrimental to the installation.
Obstacles that obstruct the busbar trunking such as beams,

pipes, etc.
DD210895
DD210900
Badly positioned places for going through walls and floors.

DD210902
DD210903
Joint positions in the middle of a partition wall.

DD210897
DD210896
176
Insufficient ceiling height.
If the busbar trunking must be installed edgewise between a transformer and
switchboard, ensure the ceiling height is sufficient for fitting the joint blocks from
the top.
Reserve a space between the busbar trunking and the ceiling equal to 100 mm
(variable depending on the rating, see "Catalogue numbers and dimensions").
DD210899
DD210898
Going through a floor to bottom feed a switchboard on the
next floor.
DD210904
Difference in floor levels of 2 rooms. DD210903

DD210905
Also make sure that as the work progresses other tradesmen do not carry out
installations that could hinder your initial layout.
177
Run optimisation
Canalis KTC
Examples of link optimisation Example 1

Reducing the number of changes of direction by modifying the switchboard or
transformer layout.
DD210910
Example 2
Use of 2 standard elbows in place of a made to measure zed by increasing
dimension "L".
DD210911
Modification of the busbar trunking height

By slightly increasing dimension "Z", replace a made to measure elbow feed
connector with a standard feed connector and standard elbow section.
DD210912
Neutral position When choosing the layout of the electrical installation, it is important care is taken
when positioning the neutral between the transformer and the switchboard.
If the neutral position is different to that planned, it is recommended the transformer
is moved, if possible, to align the neutral with respect to the switchboard’s neutral.
When it is not possible to move the transformer, it is recommended the phase order
in the switchboard is inversed.
If this cannot be done, use the phase and neutral transposition section.
DD210780
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTPp10
178
Layout advice
Positioning and supports
DD210935
Edgewise passage through Flat passage through partition wall

partition wall
DD210932
DD210933
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Height H (mm) 74 104 124 164 204 244 324 404
179
Positioning and supports
Canalis KTC
A support point as close as possible to the connections is needed because

transformers, generator sets and switchboards must not support the weight of the
busbar trunking.
In some industries, for service continuity reasons, transformers may be replaced
quickly. The busbar trunking must be able to support itself.
Edgewise horizontal installation The maximum recommended distance between supports is 3 metres.
In all cases, provide for 2 supports for 4 metre sections.
For clamping busbar trunking to support brackets, see page 190.
DD210930
3000
Flat horizontal installation The recommended distance between supports is 2 metres. In addition, a support
must be placed at 300 or 400 mm from the joint block axis.
For clamping busbar trunking to support brackets, see page 190.

DD210931
Example of spreading out supports Plan for a maximum distance between supports of 3 metres.
DD210929
180
Defining the layout, dimensions to be The position of the joint block with respect to the transformer axes and switchboard
edges (defined in the "Installation guide").
provided
DD210924
Distance of the busbar trunking from Edgewise installation Flat installation

the wall
DD210927
DD210928
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Height H (mm) 74 104 124 164 204 244 324 404
Distance between busbar trunking Edgewise installation

(without tap-off units)
DD210925
(1) Provide 2 times the height if the joint block must be fitted from the top.
Direction of fitting joint blocks.
Flat installation
DD210926
Direction of fitting joint blocks.
181
Anticipate unexpected worksite problems
Canalis KTC
Undecided section This section will be ordered after the gap to be filled has been measured at the end
of the job. To optimise its delivery to site, prefer a straight section with a length of
less than 2 metres rather than made to measure elbows.
DD202390
1: Standard straight
DD210906
section.
2: Made to measure
elbow.
3: Made to measure
DD210907
straight section.
4: Standard elbow.
On the drawing, provide a minimum dimension of 700 mm to guarantee an

adjustment of ±200 mm on-site. The minimum length of straight sections being
equal to 500 mm.
DD210908
Layout recommendations for adjustable In order to provide for the place needed for undecided section, install the elbows
and the sections attached to the elbows in each angle (support each assembly
or undecided sections using 2 supports on each straight section).
DD210994
And then complete the layout with standard and made to measure straight
sections.
182
Layout advice
Tips for determining dimensions at the
worksite
Straight section The nominal length "L" of a straight section is measured from the axis of the
joint block to the other axis of the joint block, in millimetres (the joint block axis is
located 20 mm from the end of the bars).
Dimension L of the standard or made to measure section = x - 40 mm.
DD210913
(1): For the different busbar trunking heights, see page 181.
(2): See "Run sections" in "Catalogue numbers and Dimensions".
x : measured dimension.
Example: x = 1860 mm hence L = 1860 - 40 = 1820 mm.
Change-of-directions Flat elbows

The nominal length of each branch is measured from the axis of the joint block to
the axis of the other branch, in millimetres. The joint block axis is located 20 mm
DD210916
from the end of the bars.

DD210918
A and B: See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers

and Dimensions".
"Flat" elbow, external positioning

A = A1 + A2 + (140 / 2) - 20
"Flat" elbow, internal positioning

A = A1 - A2 - (140 / 2) - 20
(1) See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers and Dimensions".
183
Tips for determining dimensions at the
worksite
Canalis KTC
Edgewise elbows
DD210917
DD210919
A and B: See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers
and Dimensions".
"Edgewise" elbow, external

positioning
A = A1 + A2 + (H / 2) - 20
"Edgewise" elbow, internal
positioning
A = A1 - A2 - (H / 2) - 20
Flat Zed
DD210921
The nominal length of the intermediary branch(es) is measured from the axis of
one branch to the axis of another.
DD210922
A, B and C: See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue

numbers and Dimensions".
B = B1 - B2
184
Edgewise Zed
DD210920
The nominal length of the intermediary branch(es) is measured from the axis of
one branch to the axis of another.
DD210923
A, B and C: See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue B = B1 - B2
numbers and Dimensions".
Definition of final section parameters Reminder: the final section should preferably be a straight section.
Take into account the neutral position when choosing the section.
Tools
Tape Spirit level Lead line Stick
measure
DD210914
Ruler
Laser or infra-red reader
Their use
DD210915
185
Installation guide Horizontal distribution
Positioning the tap-off units
Canalis KTC
It is possible to combine the following in the same installation:

bb straight transport sections with straight sections containing fixed or plug-on tap-
off points
bb straight sections of different lengths
bb straight sections with different numbers of fixed or plug-on tap-off points
bb …
PD202398_r
Positioning the tap-off units on the Several configurations are possible.

Some examples:
busbar trunking bb on a 2000 mm straight section with plug-on tap-off points (KTCppppEDp20):
vv 3 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off units:
DD210938
vv 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit
DD210936
vv 3 x 160 A fuse tap-off units:

DD210939
bb on a 4000 mm straight section with plug-on tap-off points (KTCppppEDp40):

vv 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit, 1 x 250 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x
160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit:
DD210995
vv 1 x 400 A fuse tap-off unit, 1 x 250 A fuse tap-off unit and 1 x160 A fuse tap-off
unit:
DD210996
bb on a 4000 mm straight section with fixed tap-off points (KTBppppEBp40):

vv 1 x 400 to 630 A fixed tap-off unit and 1 x 800 to 1000 A fixed tap-off unit:
DD210937
Cable exit.
186
Horizontal distribution
Tap-off units
When the tap-off units have to be distributed along the length of the busbar
trunking, use 2 metre sections and alternate the tap-off point positions.
DD210997
Recommendations for installing For an installation with tap-off units, provide for a between centres distance that
takes into account the minimum dimension of 100 mm and the dimensions A and B
2 parallel busbar trunking runs of the tap-off units.
DD210940 Type Cat. no. Dimensions

(mm)
A B
Circuit KSB160DCp 160 150
breaker KSB250DCp 240 160
tap-off units KSB400DCp 240 160
KTB0630CBp 175 175
KTB1000CBp 275 275
Fuse tap-off KSB160SEp 150 150
units KSB250SEp 250 160
KSB400SEp 440 160
Tap-off unit door opening Provide for a minimum distance of 1000 mm between the busbar trunking and the
ceiling to allow for the opening of tap-off unit doors.
DD210941
Type Cat. no. Dimensions

(mm)
X E (1)
Circuit KSB160DCp 625.5 246
breaker KSB250DCp 726.5 300
tap-off units KSB400DCp 976,5 350
Fuse tap-off KSB160SEp 577,5 207
KSB400SEp 855 316
(1) With the handle.
Installing an isolator or run protective

DD210942
device

A B
1000 174 514
1350 159 529
1600 149 539
2000 129 559
2500 109 579
3200 89 599
187
Checking and compensating for expansion
Canalis KTC
Expansion poses a problem when:

DD202446
bb the runs are made up of long straight sections

bb when the busbar trunking passes through an expansion joint between two
buildings.
Long part runs Electrical busbar trunking can be subjected to a multitude of load variations during
its service life (e.g. day / night, summer / winter) which cause temperature rise
differences and thus variable expansions.
To absorb expansion in a Canalis KT busbar trunking, a specific section must be
used: the expansion section.
Horizontal runs without tap-off units

If the busbar trunking length is greater than 30 metres, provide for expansion
sections and appropriate blocking means. The ends and, in some cases, the
centre of part runs must be blocked in order to direct the extensions towards the
expansion sections.
Layout of expansion sections and blocking means for the following busbar
trunking lengths:
bb 0 to 30 metres:
DD210998
bb 31 to 60 metres:
DD210999
bb 61 to 90 metres:
DD211000
91 to 120 metres:
DD211001
Blocked fixing supports,

Expansion section,
Direction of expansion.
188
Horizontal runs with tap-off units
Layout of expansion sections and blocking means for the following busbar trunking
lengths:
bb 0 to 30 metres:
DD211002
bb 31 to 60 metres:
DD211003
bb 61 to 120 metres:
DD211004

Expansion section,
Direction of expansion,
Tap-off unit.
Transformer / switchboard links

DD2111005

Expansion section,
189
Checking and compensating for expansion
Canalis KTC
Rules for fixing busbar trunking to the supports

For correct system operation, the expansion of the part run in question must be
directed towards the expansion section.
This implies:
bb the busbar trunking must be free from all longitudinal movement on its supports
bb the expansion section must be blocked on the opposite side to that by which it is
pushed.
DD211006
1 Free fixings.
2 Blocked fixings.
Installation of free fixings

Edgewise assembly Flat assembly
DD211007
DD211008
Installation of blocked fixings

DD211009
DD211010
190
Passing through a joint between Here, the expansion section allows the busbar trunking to absorb the forces due to
the relative movement between the 2 buildings.
2 buildings
DD211012
Building A Building B
DD211011
Blocked fixing supports.
1 Blocked fixings.
Installation of blocked fixings

DD211009
DD211010
191
Installation guide Rising mains
General
Canalis KTC
Canalis KT enables power distribution to each floor of multi-storey buildings

PD202319_r
(office buildings, hotels, hospitals, etc).

In this application, Canalis KT retains all its construction principles:
Vertically mounted, the protection degree of the KT busbar trunking is IP55 as

standard.
Installing a rising main
1 Installation principle
Installation at each floor of:

bb a 2 metre distribution section,
bb a made to measure transport section to go through the floor slab,
bb a busbar trunking support,
bb up to 3 x 160 A tap-off units or a 250 or 400 A tap-off unit and a 160 A tap-off unit.
2 Installation feed
The installation feed is achieved using either a cable box or by direct connection to
an electrical distribution switchboard.
3 Busbar trunking supports
The supports fix the vertical run section to the building structure. a floor slab
support. It can be fixed to either the wall, to a wall bracket or directly to the floor,
This type of fixing support has the following advantages:
bb fitting to either the wall, to a wall bracket or directly to the floor
bb height adjustment to make up for positioning errors
bb depth adjustment from 50 to100 mm
bb spring adjustment to ensure distribution of the load at each floor
bb absorption of building stresses with respect to the busbar trunking (expansion,
vibration, etc) thanks to the springs.
4 Tap-off units
All Canalis KS tap-off units can be mounted vertically on the Canalis KT without the
risk of interference with the supports.
192
Positioning the busbar trunking without
external fire barrier
Positioning the neutral

DD210960
The busbar trunking must be positioned with the neutral on the right.
Positioning the joint block

It is important the joint block is not positioned in the floor slab.
We recommend you provide for a distance of:

bb 400 mm between the floor slab and the joint block axis to be able to install a
support to the wall or wall bracket to facilitate the re-filling of the hole and to cope
with possible building faults (e.g. screed not indicated on the drawings). Provide
500 mm for a floor fixing.
bb 200 mm between the upper joint block and the ceiling to allow the busbar
trunking to be boxed-in when filling-in the hole with plaster or concrete.
DD210961
Positioning the tap-offs

The run sections are fitted with 3 tap-off points. Spaced at 500 mm intervals, they
provide a high density of tap-offs per floor.
Edgewise passage through Flat passage through

partition wall partition wall
DD210932
DD210933
Rating (A) 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000
height H (mm) 74 104 124 164 204 244 324 404
193
Positioning the tap-off units
Canalis KTC
Positioning the tap-off units on the busbar trunking

DD210962
Several configurations are possible.

Some examples:
1 - 3 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off units
2 - 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit
3 - 3 x 160 A fuse tap-off units
4 - 1 x 800 to 1000 A bolted tap-off unit.
Cable exit
R = 12 x Ø of cable
DD210964
Recommendations for installing 2 rising mains in parallel

For an installation with tap-off units, provide for a between centres distance that
takes into account the minimum dimension of 100 mm and the dimensions A and B
of the tap-off units.
Cable exit.
DD210954
Type Cat. no Dimensions

(mm)
A B
Circuit KSB160DCp 160 150
breaker KSB250DCp 240 160
tap-off units KSB400DCp 240 160
KTB0630CBp 175 175
KTB1000CBp 275 275
Fuse tap-off KSB160SEp 150 150
KSB400SEp 440 160
Tap-off unit door opening

If installed in a technical room, provide for a minimum distance of 1000 mm
between the busbar trunking and the wall in order to be able to open the doors of
the tap-off units.
DD210963
194
Positioning of supports
2 fixing systems are available:

DD210968
bb a rear wall fixing system for 800 A to 1600 A busbar trunking

bb a side wall fixing system for 2000 A to 4000 A busbar trunking.
Wall support
DD210967
Wall drilling drawing to fix
the support.
1000 to 2000 A 2500 to 5000 A

Y : 50 mm minimum to 100 mm maximum
Wall bracket support (if Y > 100 mm)

DD210966
X u 400.
1000 to 2000 A 2500 to 5000 A
Floor support
DD210965
1000 to 2000 A 2500 to 5000 A
195
Positioning the external fire barriers
Canalis KTC
The filler material around the Vertical mounting Horizontal mounting

busbar trunking must meet the
DB401853
DB401852
requirements currently in force to
guarantee that the wall and
ceiling fire-resistance class
(for example DIN 1045 and
200
DIN 1053-1) is maintained.
=
=
Filler material not supplied.
400 200 200
L
L
=
200
400
Rating L
KTC1000 650
KTC1250 650
500
KTC1600 650
KTC2000 750
KTC2500 750
KTC3200 750
KTC4000 950
500
KTC5000 950
DB402664
600
DB402665
200
=
L
=
20
Edgewise passage through partition wall Distances to comply

DB402680
DB402678

DB402679
Flat passage through partition wall

DB402681

196
Installation with feed via a cable box or
direct onto the switchboard
2 possibilities:
bb installation with feed direct to the switchboard
bb installation with feed via a cable box.
Installation with feed via a cable box.
DD210979
197
Installation with feed via a cable box or
direct onto the switchboard
Canalis KTC
Installation with feed direct to the
DD211013
switchboard
198
199
Installation guide Panorama of
connection solutions
Canalis KTC
The Schneider Electric system

The comprehensive Schneider Electric system makes it simple to design a
complete transformer / Canalis KT / switchboard installation.
Using dedicated interfaces, the trunking connects directly to the dry-type
transformer and the switchboard for:
bb tested and standardised connections
bb fast and flexible installation
bb shorter lead times.
Advantages
bb No design work for the connections.
bb Simplified layout design:
vv pre-defined position of the jointing unit
vv simplified routing (only three dimensions required)
vv smaller size (no additional covers required).
bb Transformer and switchboard supplied with connections already mounted.
bb Short lead times and fewer catalogue numbers for connections.
bb Adaptable on the worksite:
vv transformer end: ± 15 mm adjustments along all three axes
vv switchboard end: phases can be inverted.
bb Continuity of service:
vv transformer can be replaced in less than one hour
vv transformer, trunking and switchboard designed to be used together.
bb Safety:
vv trunking fully tested in compliance with IEC 61439-1 and 61439-6
vv compliance with standards and installation rules
vv excellent fire-withstand capability.
bb Comfort:
vv low level of electromagnetic radiation
vv no noise.
Compatibility between Trihal transformers / Canalis KT / Prisma Plus or Okken switchboards
Trihal transformers Prisma Plus or Okken switchboards
Rating Naturally Forced ventilated NS / NT / NW circuit breakers NS / NW circuit breakers NW circuit
ventilated (AF) dry-type breakers
(AN) dry-type transformers, 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A
transformers 25 % overload Interfaces 08 / 16 20 / 25 32 40
Ie max. accepted Ie max.
Junctions H164 H244 H404 H404
630 kVA 887 A 1109 A n°1 H124 KTC1000, KTC1000, KTC1000, KTC1000, - - - -
KTC1350, KTC1350, KTC1350, KTC1350,
KTC1600 KTC1600 KTC1600 KTC1600
800 kVA 1126 A 1408 A n°2 H164 KTC1350, KTC1350, KTC1350, KTC1350, KTC2000 KTC2000 - -
KTC1600, KTC1600, KTC1600, KTC1600,
KTC2000 KTC2000 KTC2000 KTC2000
1000 kVA 1408 A 1760 A n°3 H204 KTC1600, KTC1600, KTC1600, KTC1600, KTC2000, KTC2000, - -
KTC2000 KTC2000 KTC2000 KTC2000 KTC2500 KTC2500
1250 kVA 1760 A 2200 A n°4 H244 - - - - KTC2000, KTC2000, - -
KTC2500, KTC2500,
KTC3200 KTC3200
1600 kVA 2253 A 2816 A n°5 H324 KTC2500, KTC2500, KTC3200, KTC3200,
KTC3200 KTC3200 KTC4000 KTC4000
2000 kVA 2813 A 3516 A n°6 H404 - - - - - - KTC3200, KTC3200,
KTC4000, KTC4000,
KTC5000 KTC5000
2500 kVA 3520 A 4400 A n°7 H404 - - - - - - KTC4000, KTC4000,
KTC5000 KTC5000
(1) The compatibilities indicated correspond to the electrical connection possibilities; in all cases, coordination between circuit breaker and electrical busbar
trunking must be checked.
Connection to an LV
Connection to a dry- switchboard using a
type transformer using dedicated interface,
a dedicated interface, see page 204.
see page 218.
PD202432_r
200
Connection to an LV
Connection to a dry- switchboard using a
type transformer using dedicated interface,
a dedicated interface, see page 204.
see page 221.
PD202301_r
Universal
connection to an
oil-filled transformer,
see page 228. Universal
connection to an
PD202302_r
LV switchboard,
see page 210.
201
Installation guide Connection to LV switchboards
Selection guide
Canalis KTC
This guide may be used to:

vv select the connection best suited to your installation (incoming direction, trunking
installed flat or edgewise, different phase order),
vv check the total height of the connection with respect to the ceiling, i.e.
dimension Z0 + Z2 (100 mm minimum clearance required between top of
connection and ceiling),
vv optimise the connection by ensuring that (Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to
avoid having to use elbows and zed units,
vv position the fixing devices used to support the trunking.
Type of connection Connection with an interface Direct connection

Without protective covers
SB1 SB2 SB3
PD202304_r
DD21v0753
DD210754
DD210755
Z0 see page 204 see page 204 As per manufacturing drawings

Z1 minimum 74 82 138
maximum - - 472
Z2 Z1 + 140 Z1 + H Z1 + H
Phase order can be changed b b

Mounting in workshop b b
Exit through front or rear b b
Exit through left or right side b
Edgewise installation b b
Flat installation b
202
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
With protective covers

SB4 SB5 SB6 SB7
DD210756
DD210757
DD210758
DD210759
As per manufacturing drawings As per manufacturing drawings As per manufacturing drawings As per manufacturing drawings
473 130 465 H = 74 to 124 mm 195 - H / 2
H = 164 to 244 mm 255 - H / 2
H = 324 to 404 mm 355 - H / 2
- 464 - -
Z1 + H Z1 + 140 Z1 + 140 H = 74 or 104 or 124 mm Z1 + H / 2 + 115
H = 164 or 204 or 244 mm Z1 + H / 2 + 175
H = 324 or 404 mm Z1 + H / 2 + 255
b b
b b
b b
b b
b b
203
By Canalis interface
Canalis KTC
Switchboards can be equipped with connections for Canalis KT. Jointing with the
switchboard is via a standard run component (straight length, elbow, etc.) and a
PD202350
jointing unit (identical to those used between line components). The trunking enters
the switchboard via the top (roof).
Switchboard connections are available from 800 to 4000 A.

Type of Rating of trunking Type of circuit Type of connection
switchboard (A) breaker
Prisma Plus 800 to 1600 Compact NS Top direct and rear
Masterpact NT Top direct and rear
800 to 3200 Masterpact NW Top direct and rear
4000 Masterpact NW Rear
Okken 800 to 4000 Masterpact NW Top direct and rear
Connections are tested and qualified under normal operating conditions in

terms of temperature rise (∆θ) and short-circuit currents (Isc).
The panel builder receives and connects the Canalis KT interface in the workshop.
The phase order at the interface output can be adapted if necessary (this
information must be forwarded to the panel builder).
The switchboard is then delivered to the site and the trunking can be rapidly
connected using a simple jointing unit with torque nuts to ensure the correct
tightening torque.
Compatibility between Canalis KT and the interface in the switchboard (1)(2)

Canalis KT Circuit breakers in Okken and Prisma Plus switchboards
NS / NT / NW NS / NW NW
Cat. no. Rating Height Sealing kit 800 and 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A
(A) (mm) Interface 08 / 16 Interface 20 / 25 Interface 32 Interface 40
H164 (3) H244 (3) H404 (3) H404 (3)
KTC1000 1000 74 KTB0074TT01
KTC1350 1350 104 KTB0104TT01
KTC1600 1600 124 KTB0124TT01
KTC2000 2000 164 KTB0164TT01
KTC2500 2500 204 KTB0204TT01
KTC3200 3200 244 KTB0244TT01
KTC4000 4000 324 KTB0324TT01
KTC5000 5000 404 KTB0404TT01
(1) The compatibilities indicated correspond to the electrical connection possibilities; in all
cases, coordination between circuit breaker and electrical busbar trunking must be checked.
(2) Coordination with a dry-type transformer, see the "Transformer" section, see page 218.
(3) Height of the jointing unit in millimetres.
The prefabricated connections installed in the switchboard are designed to operate

without derating and can therefore operate at the rated circuit-breaker current.
Phase order Using the dedicated interface, it is possible to change the phase order if it is
different between the trunking and the switchboard.
DD210772
204
Top direct connection (TDC) To 800 to 4000 A Masterpact NW circuit breakers
bb Enclosure 600 or 1000 mm deep, access through the front.
DD202310
Position of the jointing unit

Circuit breaker Dimensions (mm)
A B C
Drawout, 3P / 4P (1) NW08 / 16 175 325 156
NW20 / 25 175 325 156
NW32 175 325 156
NW40 175 325 156
(1) To order, see "Catalogue numbers", page 80.
DD206059
Reference point
205
Canalis KTC
Rear connection (RC) To 800 to 4000 A Masterpact NW circuit breakers

bb Enclosure 1000, 1200 or 1400 mm deep, access through the rear.
DD202311

Circuit breaker Dimensions (mm)
A B C
Depth (mm)
1000 1200 1400
Drawout, 3P / 4P (1), NW08 / 16 825 - - 363 317
top position NW20 / 25 825 - - 363 317
NW32 825 - - 363 317
NW40 - 953 - 363 156
Drawout, 3P / 4P (1), NW08 / 16 825 - 363 942
medium position NW20 / 25 825 - 363 942
NW32 825 - 363 942
NW40 - 953 - 363 881
Drawout, 3P / 4P (1), NW08 / 16 - - 1225 363 1417
bottom position NW20 / 25 - - 1225 363 1417
NW32 - - 1225 363 1417
(1) To order, see "Catalogue numbers", page 80
DD206058
Top views
Depth: 1000 mm Depth: 1200 mm Depth: 1400 mm
DD202384
Reference point
Bottom connection For installations with connections through the bottom, please consult us.
206
Top direct connection (TDC) To a Compact NS1250 or Masterpact NT1200 circuit breaker
bb Enclosure 400 mm deep, access through the front.
DD202306

Circuit breaker Dimensions (1) (mm)
A B C
Fixed, 3P / 4P (2) NS800 / 1250 236 325 160
NT08 / 12 260 325 160
Drawout, 3P / 4P (2) NS800 / 1250 260 325 170
or 08 / NT12
(1) Dimensions measured from switchboard framework.
DD210765
Reference point
To 800 to 3200 A Masterpact NW circuit breakers

DD202304
bb Enclosure 600 mm deep, access through the front.

A B C
Fixed, 3P / 4P (2) NW08 / 16 185 325 264
NW20 / 25 185 325 289
NW32 185 325 264
Drawout, 3P / 4P (2) NW08 / 16 185 344 164
NW20 / 25 185 344 214
NW32 185 344 214
DD210767
Reference point
207
Canalis KTC
Rear connection (RC) To a Compact NS1600 or Masterpact NT1600 circuit breaker

bb Two enclosures combined:
vv 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the circuit breaker
DD202307
vv 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the Canalis KT/switchboard interface.

A B C
Fixed, 3P / 4P (2) NS800 / 1600 638 325 160
or NT08 / 16
Drawout, 3P / 4P (2) NS800 / 1600 638 325 170
or NT08 / 16
DD210769
Reference point
To 800 to 4000 A Masterpact NW circuit breakers

DD202305
bb Two enclosures combined:

vv 1 enclosure, 600 mm deep, for the circuit breaker
vv 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the Canalis KT/switchboard interface.

Disjoncteur Dimensions (1) (en mm)
A B C
Fixed, 3P / 4P (2) NW08 / 16 815 325 264
NW20 / 25 757 325 414
NW32 774 325 414
NW40 790 325 439
Drawout, 3P / 4P (2) NW08 / 16 815 317 414
NW20 / 25 815 342 414
NW32 815 317 439
NW40 790 325 439
DD210771
Reference point
208
Sealing kit The sealing kit must be ordered with the KT trunking. The size of the trunking
determines that of the sealing kit. For the different types of kit, see the "Catalogue
numbers and dimensions" pages.
DD202314
The kit includes a drilling and cut-out drawing for the switchboard roof.
DD210775
KTB0ppppTT01
DD210774
Cut-out drawing (for all the ratings) It is advised to cut out the switchboard roof in the workshop.
Important. The dimensions are measured from switchboard framework.
DD210776
Centre lines.
209
By universal feed unit
Canalis KTC
Canalis KT can be connected to switchboards via a universal connector. To simplify

PD202351
the work, it is advised to fit the switchboard busbars with a distance between
centres of 115 mm.
Jointing with the switchboard is via a straight or elbow universal feed unit with a
straight or flat outlet.
Connections are made using torque nuts offering both ease of use and the
possibility of a visual check before energising.
Enclosure depth depending on the rating of the trunking

Rating of trunking (A) Depth Y of flange feed Minimum depth X of
unit plate (mm) switchboard (mm)
1000 to 1600 230 400
2000 to 3200 350 400
4000 and 5000 510 600
Busbars in switchboard
DD210778
(recommended distance between

centres = 115 mm)
DD210779
Phase order If the order of the

DD210780
phases in the trunking

and the switchboard is
DD210781
different, it is advised to
invert the phases in the
switchboard. If that is not
possible, use the phase
and neutral crossover
components.
For more information,
see the "Description" KTCppppTNp10
section page 51
and "Catalogue
numbers / Dimensions"
section, page 71.
KTCppppTPp10
210
Cut-out drawing It is advised to cut out the switchboard roof in the workshop.
Cut-out for universal feeder unit, with distance between centres = 115 mm
Rating of trunking (A) Depth Y of flange feed unit plate (mm)
1000 to 1600 230
2000 to 3200 350
4000 and 5000 510
DD210782
Centre lines.
211
By feed and connection plates
Canalis KTC
Connection plates are flexible copper bars, insulated or not, and drilled at one or
PD202353
both ends. They are supplied with bolts, washers and torque nuts for connection to
straight or elbow universal feed units.
To simplify the work, it is advised to universal feed units with a distance between
centres of 115 mm.
Enclosure depth depending on the rating of the trunking

Rating of trunking (A) Depth Y of flange feed Minimum depth X of
unit plate (mm) switchboard (mm)
1000 to 1600 230 400
2000 to 3200 350 400
4000 and 5000 510 600
Universal feed unit Vertical incomer Horizontal incomer

(recommended distance between
DD202385
centres = 115 mm)
DD210783
DD210779
KTCppppERpp
212
Selection of connection plates The required number of connection plates is indicated in the table below.
DD210764

1350 2 1000
1600 2 1000
2000 3 1500
2500 3 1500
3200 4 2000
4000 5 2500
5000 6 3000
Connection
DD210786
DD210787
DD210788
DD210789
DD210789m
plates
DD210785
1 1

rating (A) 1600 2500
Short-circuit withstand Short-circuit withstand table

Short-time withstand current (Icw) Maximum distance between support
DD202359
centres X (mm)
y 43 kA 400
43 kA y Icw y 50 kA 225
50 kA y Icw y 100 kA 150
Vertical incomer Horizontal incomer

DD202349
DD210790
Phase order If the order of the phases in the trunking and the switchboard is different, it is
advised to invert the phases in the switchboard. If that is not possible, use the
phase and neutral crossover components.
DD210791
For more information, see the "Description" section page 51 and "Catalogue
numbers / Dimensions" section, page 71.
DD210781
DD210780
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTPp10
213
By feed and connection plates
Canalis KTC
Dimensions of protective covers Horizontal incomer

Rigid horizontal cover KTBppppCR1 for ER straight outlet feed connectors
type N1 to N6
DD202326

Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 310 to 800
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 430 to 800
4000 and 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 590 to 800
KTBppppCR1
DD210953n
Centre lines.
214
Vertical incomer
Rigid vertical cover KTBppppCR2 (400 to 800 mm height) for ER straight
DD202322
outlet feed connectors type N1 to N6

Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
4000 and 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
KTBppppCR2
DD210953n1
Centre lines.

DD202324

Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
4000 and 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
KTBppppCR3
DD210953n2
Centre lines.
215
Installation guide Connection to cast resin
transformers
Selection guide
Canalis KTC
This guide will allow you to:

bb choose the connection best suited to your layout (incoming direction, flat or
edgewise busbar trunking, possibility of adjusting phase order),
bb check the total height of the link with respect to the premises’ ceiling height,
dimension Z0 + Z2 (plan for 100 mm minimum between the upper point of the link
and the ceiling),
bb optimise your link whilst respecting the following rule:
(Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to avoid multiple elbows to change levels,
bb position the sections for the busbar trunking supports.
Type of connection Connection with interface to Trihal transformers Universal connection

TS1 TS2 TS3
PD202399_r
DD202487
DD202488
DD202489
Z0 See page 218 See page 218 According to

manufacturer’s drawing
Z1 minimum 230 238 350
maximum - - 350
Z2 Z1 + 140 Z1 + H Z1 + H
Selecting phase order Fixed Fixed At time of order

Front or rear exit b
Right or left exit b b
Edgewise layout b b
Flat layout b
(1) To use standard connection plates L = 406 mm in accordance with our recommendations.
216
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
TS4 TS5 TS6 TS7 TS8

DD202490
DD202491
DD202492
DD202493
DD202494
According to According to According to According to According to

manufacturer’s drawing manufacturer’s drawing manufacturer’s drawing manufacturer’s drawing manufacturer’s drawing
280 350 280 350 -
280 (1) 350 (1) 280 (1) 350 (1) -
420 (1)
Z1 + H 420 (1)
H = 74 or 104 or Z1 + H / 2 500 (1)
124 mm + 115
H = 164 or 204 Z1 + H / 2
or 244 mm + 175
H = 324 or Z1 + H / 2
404 mm + 255
At time of order At time of order At time of order At time of order At time of order
b b b
b
b b
217
Installation guide Connection to Trihal cast resin
transformers
Canalis KTC
The Trihal dry-type transformers are supplied with a specific interface tested to
PD202434_r
receive the Canalis KT busbar trunking. Jointing with the switchboard is achieved
using a standard run section (straight, elbow section, etc) and a joint block identical
to that for connecting run elements.
The Canalis KT / dry type transformer interface, which is fitted to the transformer,
is designed to accept the transformer’s 25 % overload in the case of forced
ventilation.
The connections are tested and qualified in normal operating conditions with
respect to temperature rise (Dq) and short-circuits (Isc).
The busbar trunking is quickly connected to the dry-type transformer using a simple
joint block with torque nuts, guaranteeing tightening torque.
Table of compatibility between Canalis KT and the connection interface for

naturally ventilated (AN) dry-type transformers.
Dry-type transformer Canalis KTC

Rating l nominal (1) Interface
(kVA) (A) Type Junction Rating (A) Cross-section Type
630 887 1 H124 1600 140 x 74 KTC1000
800 1126 2 H164 2000 140 x 104 KTC1350
1000 1408 3 H204 2500 140 x 124 KTC1600
1250 1760 4 H244 3200 140 x 164 KTC2000
1600 2253 5 H324 4000 140 x 204 KTC2500
2000 2816 6 H404 5000 140 x 244 KTC3200
2500 3520 7 H404 5000 140 x 324 KTC4000
(1) I is given as an indication only and is calculated with U - 410 V.
Table of compatibility between Canalis KT and the connection interface for

forced ventilated (AF) dry-type transformers.
Dry-type transformer Canalis KTC
Rating l nominal (1) Interface
(kVA) (A) Type Junction Rating (A) Cross-section Type
630 1108 1 H124 1600 140 x 104 KTC1350
800 1407 2 H164 2000 140 x 124 KTC1600
1000 1760 3 H204 2500 140 x 164 KTC2000
1250 2253 4 H244 3200 140 x 204 KTC2500
1600 2816 5 H324 4000 140 x 244 KTC3200
2000 3520 6 H404 5000 140 x 324 KTC4000
If, for reasons of busbar trunking operating conditions or performance

requirements, you have to use a rating other than those defined in the above
tables, consult us.
Phase order If the phase order of

DD210780
the busbar trunking is

DD210945
different to that of the

switchboard’s busbars, it
is recommended a phase
inversion is carried out
in the switchboard. If
this cannot be done, use
the phase and neutral
transposition section.
For more information on KTCppppTNp10
transposition sections,
see "Description" page
51 and "Catalogue
numbers and
Dimensions" page 71.
KTCppppTPp10
218
DD210946
Reference point
Dimensions Dimensions X, Y and Z

Dimensions Transformer power (kVA)
(mm) 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
X 147 150 170 147 150 170 153
M 100 100 108 93 124 144 149
X0 233 215 265 245 300 300 322.5
Interface type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Dimensions Y0 and Z0
Y0 = X + L
Z0 = C - M
Dimensions C and L are different according to country standards.
French standard
FT no.235627 rev. 3 - Primary voltage: 20 kV - Insulation voltage: 24 kV
-Secondary voltage: 410 V
(mm) 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
C 1614 1744 1749 1929 2089 2209 2297
L 220 225 240 240 240 257 275
German standard
FT no.235763 rev. 0 - Primary voltage: 20 kV - Insulation voltage: 24 kV -
(mm) 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
C 1734 1744 1749 2019 1979 2199 2279
L 210 220 225 245 255 255 265
Spanish standard
FT no.235515 rev. 3 - Primary voltage: 20 kV - Insulation voltage: 24 kV -
(mm) 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000
C 1614 1744 1879 1929 1979 2194
L 220 225 215 245 250 245
Belgian standard
FT no.235820 rev. 0 - Primary voltage: 15 kV - Insulation voltage: 17.5 kV -
(mm) 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
C 1484 1564 1694 1844 2054 2149 2164
L 215 210 215 225 230 255 235
219
Installation guide Connection to Trihal cast resin
transformers
Canalis KTC
Sealing kit The sealing kit must be ordered with the KT busbar trunking. The busbar trunking
size defines the sealing kit size. For the different types of kit, see "Catalogue
numbers / Dimensions".
DD210947
The kit includes a drilling and cut-out template for the dry-type transformer panels.
KTB0ppppTT01
Cut-out drawing It is recommended that the cutting-out of the transformer panels is done in the
workshop.
DD210776
Junction axis.
220
Connection to cast resin
transformers
By universal feed and connection plates
Canalis KT can be connected to cast resin transformers using a universal feed.

PD202352
The connection is made using a flexible busbar (connection plates or braids) to

avoid transmitting vibrations and expansions. The connection plates are made up
of either insulated or non-insulated flexible copper bars, drilled at one or both ends.
A nut and bolt kit allows connection to the feed.
The connections use torque-head bolts which provide both ease of installation and
visual inspection of correct tightening before energising.
If the transformer is supplied with panels, provide for an additional cover to

maintain the protection degree.
Choice of Canalis KT busbar trunking rating according to transformer power.

Transformer KTC rating at nominal
Power (kVA) I nominal (1) (A) power (2) (A)
630 887 1000
800 1126 1350
1000 1408 1600
1250 1760 2000
1600 2253 2500
2000 2816 3200
2500 3520 4000
3150 4435 5000
(1) I is given as an indication only and is calculated with U = 410 V and at transformer nominal
setting, without forced ventilation.
(2) The busbar trunking rating is defined for normal operating conditions.
Recommended configurations for short- TS3 and TS5 universal connection, edgewise mounting
circuit withstand
DD210949
(connection plate L = 400 mm)
KTCppppELp1 or KTCppppELp2 or KTCppppELp3 or KTCppppELp4
TS4 and TS6 universal connection, flat mounting (using angle brackets)
DD210948
KTCppppELp1 or KTCppppELp2 or KTCppppELp3 or KTCppppELp4 with angle

bracket KTB0000YE1
221
transformers
Canalis KTC
TS7 universal connection, edgewise mounting
DD202481
KTCppppELp5
TS7 universal connection, flat mounting (using angle brackets)

DD202480
KTCppppELp5 with angle bracket KTB0000YE
Definition of connection plates The number of connection plates is defined in the table below:
(A)
DD210950
Number Section (mm2)

1350 2 1000
1600 2 1000
2000 3 1500
2500 3 1500
3200 4 2000
4000 5 2500
5000 6 3000
Connection
DD210786
DD210787
DD210788
DD210789
DD210789m
plates

rating (A) 1600 2500
222
Phase order Phase selection is made when the feed is ordered.
Phase L2 is fixed and can therefore be used as a reference for installing the feed
on the transformer.
The different phase selection possibilities (T)
bb Dedicated feeds N1 to N4,
DD210951
Important: the drawings and references above correspond to a phase order of

N321, joint block side. If the phase order on the joint block side is N123, inverse
T=1 with T=3 and T=2 with T=4.
bb Feed with flat bars N5.

DD210952
Important: the drawings and references above correspond to a phase order of

N321, joint block side. If the phase order on the joint block side is N123, inverse L1
and L3 on the transformer side marking.
223
transformers
Canalis KTC
Dimensions of protective covers Vertical protection covers for dry-type transformer feeds N1, N2, N3
and N4
Y Z
Minimum Maximum
1000 to 1600 230 200 350
2000 to 3200 350 200 350
4000 to 5000 510 200 350
KTB0000CR4
DD202344n
Horizontal protection covers for dry-type transformer feeds N1, N2, N3

and N4
Y Z
Minimum Maximum
1000 to 1600 230 330 480
2000 to 3200 350 330 480
4000 to 5000 510 330 480
KTB0000CR5
DD202345n
224
Horizontal protection cover for dry-type transformer feed N5
Y Z
Minimum Maximum
1000 to 1600 230 380 530
2000 to 3200 350 500 650
4000 to 5000 510 660 810
KTBppppCR6
DD202347
Cut-out drawing for dry-type It is recommended that the cutting-out of the transformer panels is done in the
workshop.
transformer panels
DD230224
225
Installation guide Connection to oil immersed
transformers
Selection guide
Canalis KTC
This guide will allow you to:

bb choose the connection best suited to your layout (incoming direction, flat or
edgewise busbar trunking, possibility of adjusting phase order)
bb check the total height of the link with respect to the premises’ ceiling height,
dimension Z0 + Z2 (plan for 100 mm minimum between the upper point of the link
and the ceiling)
bb optimise your link whilst respecting the following rule:
(Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to avoid multiple elbows to
change levels
bb position the sections for the busbar trunking supports.
Incomer type Vertical incomer

TH1 TH2
PD202429_r
DD202416
DD202417
Z0 According to manufacturer’s drawing According to manufacturer’s drawing

Z1 minimum 738 1073
maximum 1072 -
Z2 Z1 + H Z1 + H
Front or rear exit b b

Right or left exit
Edgewise layout b b
Flat layout
226
Rating (A) 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000
Height H (mm)
DD202180
Width W (mm)
DD210867
404
324
244
204
164
124
104
74
Direct connection
TH3 TH4 TH5
DD202418
DD202419
DD202420
According to manufacturer’s drawing According to manufacturer’s drawing According to manufacturer’s drawing

730 1065 Z1 = (Y / H) / 2
1064 - Z1 = (Y / H) / 2
Z1 + 140 Z1 + 140 H = 74 or 104 or 124 mm 510
H = 164 or 204 or244 mm 770
H = 324 or 404 mm 850
b
b b
b
b b
227
transformers
By feed and connection plates or braids
Canalis KTC
Connection to an oil immersed transformer is made using flexible bars (connection

PD202344
plates) to avoid transmitting transformer vibrations to the busbar trunking and to

limit the stress on connection terminals.
Choice of busbar trunking

Dry-type transformer Canalis KTC busbar trunking
Rating (kVA) l nominal (1) Rating (A) Cross-section
(A)
630 887 1000 140 x 74
800 1126 1350 140 x 104
1000 1408 1600 140 x 124
1250 1760 2000 140 x 164
1600 2253 2500 140 x 204
2000 2816 3200 140 x 244
2500 3520 4000 140 x 324
3150 4435 5000 140 x 404
Note: If, for reasons of busbar trunking operating conditions or performance requirements, you
have to use a rating other than those defined in the above tables, consult us.
Protective cover width

Busbar trunking rating (A) Dimensions "Y" of the feed
1350 to 1600 230
2000 to 3200 350
4000 to 5000 510
Recommended configurations for short- Vertical incomer Horizontal incomer

circuit withstand
(connection plate L = 400 mm)
DD202421n
DD202422n
228
Several connection possibilities With connection plates With connection plates With drilled connection
with kink and bar clamp with kink to be drilled plates (KTB0000YC4) or
braids
DD202423n
DD202424n
DD202425n
Phase order If the phase order of the busbar trunking is different to that of the switchboard’s
busbars, it is recommended a phase inversion is carried out in the switchboard.
If this cannot be done, use the phase and neutral transposition section.
DD210791
For more information on transposition sections, see "Description" page 51 and

"Catalogue numbers / Dimensions" page 71.
DD210781
DD210780
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTPp10
229
transformers
Canalis KTC
Definition of connection plates The number of connection plates is defined in the table below:
DD210764

1350 2 1000
1600 2 1000
2000 3 1500
2500 3 1500
3200 4 2000
4000 5 2500
5000 6 3000
Connection
DD210786
DD210787
DD210788
DD210789
DD210789m
plates
DD202426
1 1

rating (A) 1600 2500
DD210785
Definition of braids The number of braids is defined in the table below:

Busbar trunking rating (A) Braids per phase
DD202355
Number Cross-section (mm)

1350 2 1200
1600 2 1200
2000 2 1200
2500 3 1800
3200 3 1800
4000 4 2400
5000 5 3000
Braids
DD210770
DD210773
DD202376
DD202376m
Busbar 1350 to 2000 2500 to 3200 4000 5000

trunking rating
(A)
230
Dimensions of protective covers Horizontal incomer
Rigid horizontal cover KTBppppCR1 for ER straight outlet feed connectors
type N1 to N6
Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 310 to 800
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 430 to 800
4000 to 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 590 to 800
KTBppppCR1
DD202326
Adjustable cover KTBppppCR7 for horizontal incomer feed connectors with a

between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
Y Z X A B E F G
1000 to 1350 230 565 450 830 750 330 125 365
1600 230 565 450 830 750 350 125 365
2000 to 2500 350 825 650 890 810 350 265 485
3200 350 825 650 960 880 460 265 485
4000 to 5000 510 905 650 960 880 460 185 645
KTBppppCR7
DD210872n
Vertical incomer
Y D G Z
1000 to 1600 230 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
2000 to 3200 350 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
4000 to 5000 510 220 to 475 220 to 475 400 to 800
KTBppppCR2
DD202322
231
transformers
Canalis KTC
Adjustable cover KTBppppCR8 for vertical incomer feed connectors with a

between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
Y Z A B C E
1000 to 1350 230 600 830 750 345 330
1600 230 600 830 750 420 350
2000 to 2500 350 600 890 810 460 350
3200 350 600 960 880 575 460
4000 to 5000 510 600 960 880 625 460
KTBppppCR8
DD210870n
Flexible cover KTBppppCR8 for vertical incomer straight outlet feed

connectors with a between centres distance of 115 mm
Y C
1000 to 1600 230 200 to 650
2000 to 3200 350 200 to 650
4000 to 5000 510 200 to 650
KTBppppCS0
DD202319
232
Connection to oil immersed
transformers
Other connection solutions
Connection to bar bushings Canalis KT is easily connected to Minera oil immersed transformers (France
Transfo offer).
For more details of drilling dimensions for the bushings and the connection
terminals, refer to the manufacturer’s catalogue.
DD210955
Connections to Minera ground mounted oil immersed transformers

from 630 to 3150 kVA - y 24 kV / 400 V
Power (kVA) Bar bushings (A) Dimensions (mm)
630 1250
DD202427
800
1000 1600
1250 2500 DD202428

DD202429
1600
2000 3150
DD202430
2500 5000
DD202431
3150
233
transformers
Other connection solutions
Canalis KTC
Connection to porcelain bushings Connection terminals of the type defined below must be used. These are available
in the transformer manufacturers’ catalogues.
DD210959
Cover The transformers can be supplied with or without a low voltage cover. This cover is
not used in our solutions.
DD210957
234
Contents Recommandations
Index 3
Introduction 17
Design guide 135
Reception, handling and storage 236
Maintenance 238
Run sections 238
Recycling 239
235
Recommendations Reception, handling and storage
Canalis KTC
This document contains practical information, lays out the general

recommendations (as a complement to the installation regulations) and specifies
the basic instructions that must be respected when handling and storing Schneider
Electric Canalis busbar trunking system.
The purchaser’s engineering, installation and operating staff must become

acquainted with this document and become familiar with the appearance and
characteristics of each of the Canalis busbar trunking system’s components.
Appropriate planning and coordination between the different job functions is
indispensable for ensuring an efficient installation of the equipment.
Each Canalis busbar trunking system is carefully inspected and packaged at the
assembly plant.
The entire system is checked both structurally and electrically.
At the end of inspection, the busbar trunking system is prepared for shipping.
Each section is packed to guarantee easy handling before its installation.
The catalogue number is written on each shipping unit.
Warning
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, BURNS OR EXPLOSION
bb Protect the equipment against all contact with water, salt, concrete and other
corrosive surroundings both before and during installation.
bb Outdoor equipment is not resistant to bad weather until after it has been fully and
correctly installed.
bb Do not sit or walk on the equipment.
If these instructions are not respected, the equipment may deteriorate leading to a
risk of serious or mortal injury.
Reception Upon reception, check the information on the shipping note corresponds to the
equipment received to ensure all of the order has been received and shipped.
Complaints concerning missing components or other errors must be sent in
writing to Schneider Electric SAS within 30 days from the date the shipping item
was received. If no complaint has been received within 30 days from the date the
shipping item was received, Schneider Electric SAS will no longer be responsible
for repairs or replacements that may be required.
Upon reception, check the various units of the busbar trunking system immediately
to identify any damage that has occurred during transport.
If there is observed or suspected damage, file a claim immediately with the carrier
and inform the nearest Schneider Electric office.
Handling Handle Canalis products with the greatest of care to avoid damaging the internal
components of the system and to avoid changing the external appearance of the
various parts, as well as the bar ends (connection terminals).
The busbar trunking must be constantly supported by independent means, in

such a way its weight is not resting on the top of the transformers or distribution
switchboards.
The distance between these support means must not exceed 3 metres.
Avoid exposing the busbar trunking to twisting, embossing or impacts, and all other
actions likely to causing damage.
Ensure the handling equipment available at the site of installation is suitable for
handling busbar trunking. In particular, check the lifting capacity of the crane or the
other lifting equipment to be used.
236
Take great care when unpacking the equipment:
bb use a nail-head puller when unpacking wooden crates
bb if hauling the busbar trunking with a crane, use Nylon slings to spread the weight
of the unit being lifted
bb if using cables, insert a spacing means to avoid damaging the busbar trunking
bb if using a forklift truck, position the busbar trunking on the forks in such a way the
weight is evenly distributed.
1 - Cut the strapping holding the packaging case using suitable cutting tools.
2 - Use suitable tools to remove the strengthened steel packaging at each end of
the busbar trunking.
Take care not to damage the steel box so as not to damage the busbar trunking.
Avoid the use of objects with sharp edges when lifting the busbar trunking.
3 - Dispose of all used packaging in an appropriate way.
Never drag the busbar trunking along the floor. Do not use the end bars to lift
sections of the busbar trunking.
Protection against humidity during If the busbar trunking is not installed and commissioned immediately, leave it in
the original Canalis packaging and store it in a clean and dry place at a uniform
storage temperature.
The busbar trunking must not be stored outside. However, if outside storage
is necessary, cover the busbar trunking in such a way as to protect it from bad
weather and to avoid contact with the elements.
Temporary electrical heating must be provided for underneath the covering means
to prevent condensation.
The supplied heat must be of suitable temperature and uniformly distributed
underneath the covering means.
Outdoor busbar trunking is not resistant to bad weather until after it has been fully
and correctly installed.
During installation, take particular care to protect rising mains from humidity arising
from unfinished roofs, walls and other similar elements.
237
Recommendations Maintenance
Run sections
Canalis KTC
Danger RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, BURNS OR EXPLOSION
The installation, operation and maintenance of the equipment must only be

carried out by qualified electrical maintenance staff. This document must not be
considered as being a sufficient means for allowing non-qualified staff to undertake
the operation and maintenance of the equipment.
bb Cut the electrical supply to the busbar trunking before installing, removing or
working on the equipment.
bb Always use a suitable nominal voltage detection means to confirm the supply
has been cut.
bb Effective use of the equipment requires the implementation of appropriate
handling, installation, functioning and maintenance operations.
If these instructions are not respected, there is a risk of serious injury or

death.
Warning RISK OF DAMAGING THE EQUIPMENT
Hydrocarbon aerosols and aerosols using a hydrocarbon base may cause the
deterioration of certain plastics.
Before using certain products to clean, dry or lubricate the different components
during installation or maintenance, consult your nearest Schneider Electric SAS
office.
If these instructions are not respected, the equipment may deteriorate

leading to a risk of serious injury or death.
Run sections Canalis prefabricated busbar trunking is designed to operate maintenance-free.
Nevertheless, as for all screw-type connections, it is advised to check tightness

one year after installation and then run checks at longer intervals.
The tightening of the terminal blocks is made with a torque wrench:

value of 6 daN.m +- 10%.
Bolt Tightening torque
HM 16 16 mdaN
HM 14 12 mdaN
HM 12 7 mdaN
HM 10 5 mdaN
If one of the joints or terminals is highly discoloured, corroded or pitted, or shows

signs it has been exposed to high temperatures, the material concerned must be
replaced with new factory mounted material. Consult your local Schneider Electric
office for all replacements,
bb ensure all mechanisms are in good working order.
Lubricate the moving parts of the various mechanisms if necessary. Similarly,
remove all excess lubrication to avoid undesirable foreign bodies from gathering
bb check the insulation resistance before re-energising the busbar trunking.
It is recommended that resistance measurements are recorded. If these values
decrease significantly over time, it means deterioration is underway.
Carry out an insulation resistance test in compliance with the instructions given in
the “testing and comissioning procedure“ section.
Re-energise the equipment in accordance with the instructions given in the “testing
and comissioning procedure“ section.
238
Recycling
After having performed all the necessary inspections and repairs mentioned above,
it may be desirable to carry out infrared temperature measurements on all the
electrical connections. This operation must be done once the busbar trunking has
been re-energised and reached a stabilized temperature.
Responsibility
Schneider Electric declines all responsibility for maintenance carried out in a
non-compliant way with respect to specifications or installation regulations, for
inappropriate storage conditions, for inappropriate product environments (chemical
and ambient conditions, atmospheric conditions, etc.), for the incorrect use of the
products, and for the non-respect of installation and/or connection procedures.
Distribution tap-off units Contact between busbar trunking and tap-off boxes.
Busbar trunking contacts consist of sprung silver plated contact jaws to ensure
optimum contact quality. The contacts do not use plastic for their support or
transmission of force.
They are connected to the live conductors of the run at the tap-off point. Silver-
plated copper conductors are used at the place of contact.
These devices are maintenance-free.
Cable connection
Cable connection of the feeders are via terminals or lugs.
As with all screw connections, it is recommended that tightening torque be checked
one year after installation and then to space-out the checks.
Protection switchgear
For all devices fitted in Canalis tap-off units, the manufacturer’s recommendations
must be complied with.
Checking appearance
It is recommended the external cleanliness of the tap-off units be checked yearly
to remove dust, water and oil deposits, and all other conductive bodies from the
sensitive zones.
Check for signs of shock which may affect the protection degree.
Recycling busbar trunking Canalis busbar trunking can be reused. Canalis busbar trunking is designed for a
long service life and can easily be dismantled, cleaned and reused.
All packaging materials can be recycled (cardboard or recyclable polyethylene

DD205673_r
film).
All Canalis products are designed for safe end-of-life recycling. PVC, on the other
hand, requires neutralisation of the hydrochloric acid produced using lime and
generates dioxins that are extremely toxic.
Canalis helps conserve natural resources

The depletion of raw materials (copper, plastics, etc.) is one of our ongoing
concerns.
For this reason, we have optimised the used of all materials used to make our
busbar trunking.
bb Reduction of dangerous or polluting materials. We design our products to meet
future European directives.
bb Reduction in the weight of insulating materials.
Example: bb Reduction in the use of plastics for improved fire performance: less energy
1 kg of PVC generates 1 kg of waste. released during combustion, thereby limiting propagation and facilitating extinction
(lower calorific value).
239
How to find more information?
All information about Canalis range is available on: www.schneider-electric.com
1 From the home page, type the product reference or range into the "Search" box.
Click on the result
2 The range datasheet appears with all the documents related to the product;
technical files, application documents, catalogues...
Access to related downloads
Canalis in now available on tablets (iPad and Android).

Download the app from Google Play or the Apple Store
to see our entire range.
Canalis is now available on tablets !
Download the app from the Apple Store
Download the app from Google Play

ART960138 © 2014 - Schneider Electric - All rights reserved
Learn more about Canalis KT online
Schneider Electric Industries SAS As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, please ask for confirmation
35, rue Joseph Monier of the information given in this document.
CS30323
F - 92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
This document has been printed on ecological paper
RCS Nanterre 954 503 439
Capital social 896 313 776 € Design: Schneider Electric
www.schneider-electric.com Photos: Schneider Electric
Printing: Altavia Connexion - made in France
DEBU024EN 01-2014

Canalis KTC 1000-5000A - EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Canalis KTC 1000-5000A - EN

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Canalis KTC 1000-5000A - EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Low voltage

Presentation and description 37

Design guide 135

Installation guide 175

Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

KTC1350EL75 KT 5X1350CO FEED UNIT EL N5 KTC1350LP3B1 KT 3X1350CO FLAT ELBOW N1 73

Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

Cat. no. Designations Pages Cat. no. Designations Pages

• it guarantees and

Schneider Electric ...

Centralised Our solutions

Centralised distribution offers

Decentralised Our solutions

For manufacturing industries

Decentralised distribution lets you

Where the advantages of both centralised

and decentralised distribution are required.

The Canalis decentralised distribution concept.

Electrical power A competitive installation

Electric system your business.

Total coordination of the

of 400 A electric power system equipment.

Costs (equipement + labor)

Reusable in the event of major changes

Safety of life and property

The busbar trunking has a low combustible load.Its construction

The busbar trunking helps prevent the propagation of a fire through

All electrical conductors generate magnetic fields proportional to

The electromagnetic field characteristics of Canalis busbar trunking

Conservation of natural resources

Type of distribution Insulation Consumption

• Changes in direction have been designed to optimise the space

A simple and economical system

detailed layout of each load.

• Installing the busbar trunking requires 2 or 3 people only, for a

• Connection to the MV / LV substation is made using a quick fitting

• Installing busbar trunking lengths can be done as and when

• It is also important to note that busbar trunking is a factory tested

The quality of the electrical contacts guarantees maintenance free

are known and independent of the installation. Coordination of

• Installation standards UTE C 15-105 chapter B.6.2 and

• The busbar trunking and tap-off units are designed to guarantee

• Seismic certification to IEC 60980, Richter scale >7 and MSK 64

A large range of tap-off units

• They cover all your requirements:

Office and hospital buildings

Shopping centres, airports and exhibition centres

Internet Data Centers

Internet Data Center

Hotels and restaurants

Brussels University Hospital b Belgium

Supermarkets and hypermarkets

Citroën b b b b b b China, Spain, France

Livestock production farms and greenhouses

• it guarantees and

• Changes in direction have been designed to optimise the space

• Installing the busbar trunking requires 2 or 3 people only, for a

• Connection to the MV / LV substation is made using a quick fitting

• Installing busbar trunking lengths can be done as and when

• It is also important to note that busbar trunking is a factory tested

• Installation standards UTE C 15-105 chapter B.6.2 and

• The busbar trunking and tap-off units are designed to guarantee

• Seismic certification to IEC 60980, Richter scale >7 and MSK 64

• They cover all your requirements:

• A list of catalogue numbers and their exact quantities